Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Personal Products & Services / CVS Group plc

CVS Group plc

cvsg.l · LSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker cvsg.l
Exchange LSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Personal Products & Services
Employees 9000
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · CVS Group plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Care at  
our Heart

CVS Group plc 
Annual Report and Financial 
Statements for the year ended 
30 June 2021

THANK 
YOU

CVS cares about the contribution 
of our colleagues and we want to 
thank every single one of them 
for their extraordinary efforts to 
provide the best possible care 
for animals, and for delivering 
exceptional performance across 
all our business areas.

THANK 

YOU

CVS  
‘Thank 
Holiday’

In recognition of the 
support that we received 
from colleagues during 
the initial COVID-19 
lockdown period, we 
offered all our colleagues 
an additional day’s 
holiday in December 2020.

Early 
bonus 
payment

In March 2021, to  
recognise the significant 
efforts of our colleagues  
in recovering from the 
COVID-19 pandemic, we 
made a partial early  
bonus payment to clinical 
colleagues and gave 
shopping vouchers 
to all colleagues. 

‘Holiday 
of a 
lifetime’

In April 2021, we ran  
a prize draw in which 
all colleagues who 
successfully referred a 
friend to work for CVS  
were entered into a prize 
draw to win a ‘holiday 
of a lifetime’. This was  
won by one of our 
valued nurses.

Wellbeing

Our people are our  
biggest asset and they have 
demonstrated resilience 
and dedication over the 
past year. We improved 
our wellbeing offering in 
2021, rolling  
out a new dedicated 
Wellbeing Hub  
with support and  
resources available 
to all our colleagues.

Passionate about 
animal care
CVS Group plc is one of the leading 
integrated veterinary services providers 
in the UK, the Netherlands and the Republic 
of Ireland. Our success is derived from 
the passion our people have for providing 
excellent care for animals.

The Strategic Report

1 

2 

3 

4 

6 

9 

Highlights

Strategic roadmap

At a glance

Investment case

Chairman’s statement

Chief Executive Officer’s review

13  Market review

16  Business model

18  Section 172 statement and stakeholder engagement

22  Strategy

24  Key performance indicators (“KPIs”)

28  Operational review

36  Financial review

42  CVS’s approach to sustainability and ESG

50  Principal risks and uncertainties

Corporate Governance

58  Board of Directors and Company Secretary

60  Corporate governance statement

65  Audit Committee report

67  Nomination Committee report

69  Remuneration Committee report – unaudited 

The Directors’ Report

78  Directors’ report

82 

 Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (“SECR”)

Financial Statements

84 

Independent auditor’s report 

90  Consolidated income statement

91  Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

92  Consolidated and Company statement of 

financial position

93  Consolidated statement of changes in equity

95  Company statement of changes in equity

96  Consolidated and Company statement of cash flow

97  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

135  Five-year history – unaudited

136  Contact details and advisors

Operational highlights
 > Our people have demonstrated resilience and 

continued excellence throughout the year despite 
many challenges across our industry

 > As well as offering first class care to sick or injured 
animals we are continually improving the levels of 
preventative health care through our Healthy Pet Club

 > Our annual Quality Improvement report reflects 

our commitment to patient safety and consistent 
clinical improvement, and has gained us significant 
recognition in the profession, not least by our regulator 
the Royal College of Veterinary Surgeons (“RCVS”)

 > We are committed to enhancing the clinical 

services we offer, particularly in the quality of 
our facilities and as such we have completed 
13 refurbishments and relocations in FY21

 > We have continued to organically grow our revenues, 

supplementing this with nine synergistic acquisitions 
during the year

Read the report at 
cvsukltd.co.uk

Highlights

Financial highlights1
> Revenue increased by 19.2%, to £510.1m from

£427.8m, with strong Group like-for-like2 growth
of 17.4% benefitting from favourable market
dynamics and a continued focus on providing
high quality care to our clients and their animals.

> The Group delivered adjusted EBITDA growth
of 37.3%, to £97.5m from £71.0m, through an 
increase in revenue across all divisions and 
effective management of costs.

> Profit before income tax increased by 234.3%

to £33.1m from £9.9m.

> Leverage3 fell to 0.68x from 1.14x as a result of

strong EBITDA growth and reduction in net debt.

> Cash generated from operations decreased to
£80.3m from £94.8m despite the increase in
adjusted EBITDA, due to VAT and taxes deferred
in the prior year due to COVID-19, paid in the
current year.

Revenue (£m) 

Adjusted EBITDA4 (£m) 

£510.1m
+19.2%

£97.5m
+37.3%

Adjusted profit before 
income tax5 (£m)
£66.2m
+73.3%

Adjusted earnings 
per share6 (p)
75.1p
+78.8%

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

510.1

2021

97.5

427.8

406.5

327.3

271.8

2020

2019

2018

2017

71.0

54.5

47.6

42.1

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

66.2

2021

75.1

38.2

41.4

36.0

33.5

2020

2019

2018

2017

42.0

46.7

42.4

42.8

Proposed dividend 
per share (p)
6.5p
n/a
2021

2020

n/a

2019

2018

2017

5.5

5.0

4.5

Cash generated 
from operations (£m)
£80.3m
-15.3%
2021

80.3

6.5

Profit before income tax 
(£m)
£33.1m
+234.3%
2021

33.1

Basic earnings per share 
(p)
27.3p
+237.0%
2021

27.3

2020

2019

2018

2017

52.1

46.7

37.2

94.8

2020

9.9

2020

8.1

2019

2018

2017

11.7

14.1

14.5

2019

2018

2017

11.6

16.0

18.5

1. Adjusted financial measures (adjusted Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation (“adjusted EBITDA”), adjusted profit before income tax 
and adjusted earnings per share) are defined below, and reconciled to the financial measures defined by International Financial Reporting Standards 
(“IFRS”) on pages 90 and 118. IFRS 16, ‘Leases’, has been applied prospectively and, therefore, years 2019 and prior are all stated before the impact of IFRS 16.

2. Like-for-like sales shows revenue generated from like-for-like operations compared to the prior year, adjusted for the number of working days. For example, 

for a practice acquired in September 2019, revenue is included from September 2020 in the like-for-like calculations.

3. Leverage on a bank test basis is drawn bank debt less cash at bank; divided by adjusted EBITDA annualised for the effect of acquisitions, including costs 

relating to business combinations and excluding share option costs, prior to the adoption of IFRS 16. 

4. Adjusted EBITDA (Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation) is profit before income tax adjusted for interest (net finance expense), 
depreciation, amortisation, costs relating to business combinations, and exceptional items. Adjusted EBITDA is used as a financial metric that removes 
the cost of debt, costs relating to depreciation and amortisation and one-off costs to achieve a normalised earnings figure that is not distorted by 
irregular items or structural investment.

5. Adjusted profit before income tax is calculated as profit before amortisation, taxation, costs relating to business combinations, and exceptional items.

6. Adjusted earnings per share is calculated as adjusted profit before income tax less applicable taxation divided by the weighted average number 

of Ordinary shares in issue in the year.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

1

The Strategic ReportStrategic roadmap

Delivering our 
vision for the future

Our purpose
Our purpose is to give the best possible care to animals

Our vision
Our vision is to be the veterinary company people 
most want to work for

Our key strategic pillars

1.
We recommend 
and provide the 
best clinical 
care every time

2.
We are a great 
place to work and 
have a career

3.
We provide great 
facilities and 
equipment

4.
We take our 
responsibilities 
seriously

Discover more about our strategy on pages 22 and 23

Our values
Customer focus 

Our dedication to our 
customers is at the heart 
of our business and we 
are focused on our 
customers’ and their 
animals’ needs. 

Commitment to 
excellence
We constantly strive 
to achieve the highest 
possible standards in 
the quality of services 
and products we provide.

Success through 
our people
We aim to attract, develop 
and retain the best people 
and to be the veterinary 
company people most 
want to work for.

Honesty and integrity 

We treat our colleagues 
and customers with 
honesty and respect. We 
strive to achieve long-term 
relationships with our 
customers and suppliers, 
and ensure safety and 
accessibility in all areas 
of our business. 

Underpinned by our commitment to Environmental, 
Social and Governance (“ESG”)

Read more about our approach to ESG on pages 42 to 48 

2

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

At a glance

A fully integrated veterinary 
services platform

Breakdown of revenue

85.4%* 5.3%*

1.5%*

7.8%*

Laboratories
Our laboratories provide 
diagnostic services to 
CVS veterinary practices 
and third parties. We 
offer an extensive range 
of tests with the ability 
to tailor specific profiles 
to our customers’ needs. 
Our team of pathologists 
and experts specialise in 
a variety of disciplines in 
all areas of the laboratory 
and their aim is to offer 
a level of service and 
expertise beyond our 
customers’ expectations.

Crematoria
Our crematoria provide 
pet cremation and 
clinical waste services 
to CVS practices and 
third-party practices, 
and cremations to 
animal owners. 
We offer a range of 
services to help our 
clients remember 
and say goodbye 
to their pets.

Online retail 
business
Our online retail 
business, “Animed Direct”, 
sells prescription and 
non-prescription 
medicines, premium 
pet foods and an 
ever-increasing range 
of pet care products, 
which can be delivered 
directly to our customers’ 
doors, saving them time 
as well as money.

Veterinary 
practices
Our first-opinion and 
referral practices provide 
specialist treatment for 
companion, equine and 
farm animals. We provide 
high quality healthcare 
either when required, or 
through our preventative 
healthcare schemes: the 
Healthy Pet Club (“HPC”) 
and Healthy Horse 
Programme (“HHP”). 
We also operate buying 
groups, a veterinary 
consumable business, 
“Vet Direct”, and we 
supply a number of 
own-brand medicines 
and products.

Discover more about our operations on pages 28 to 35

* 

 Revenue share before intercompany sales between practices 
and other divisions.

Our locations
We have a solid geographical spread across 
the UK and a presence in the Netherlands 
and the Republic of Ireland.

Key

Veterinary practices (506)
Laboratories (3)
Crematoria (7)

15

6

62 2

41

2

16

1

41

44

45

1

82

1

1

4

125

1

1

25

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

3

The Strategic ReportInvestment case

Foundations are in 
place for future growth

CVS is a high-performing business with 
a fully-integrated model which positions 
it well for further growth.

Market
Sizeable and growing 
market with consumers 
spending more on 
their pets

Discover more about our 
markets on pages 13 to 15

Strategy
Clear, people-focused 
strategy to drive 
organic growth

Discover more about 
our strategy on pages 
22 and 23

Business model
Fully integrated model with 
first-opinion practices, 
supported by specialist-led 
multi-disciplinary referral 
hospitals, laboratories, 
crematoria and an online 
retail business

Discover more about 
our business model on 
pages 16 and 17

Sectors
Attractive sector which has 
proven resilient despite 
COVID-19 restrictions

Discover more in our 
Operational review 
on pages 28 to 35

Management
Strong management team 
with a broad range of 
experience and expertise 
of which 50% of our 
Executive team are 
veterinary surgeons 
or nurses

Discover more about 
our Board of Directors 
on pages 58 and 59

Acquisitions
Increased opportunity for 
acquisitions to supplement 
organic growth

Discover more in our 
Chief Executive Officer’s 
review on pages 9 to 11

4

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Strategy in action

1

We recommend and provide 
the best clinical care every time

Service quality 
is driving 
client value

During the year, we have made efforts to reduce the prescribing 
of Highest Priority Critically Important Antimicrobials (“HPCIAs”), 
for which we have been internationally recognised. Thanks to the 
excellent work of CVS practices, we now have an evidence based 
framework for reducing HPCIA prescriptions in companion animal 
practices. The CVS Antimicrobial Resistance policy is shaping the 
approach to antimicrobial prescribing across clinical and 
laboratory teams, and this framework will be used Group-wide, 
with the hope of realising benefits on a larger scale.

This is just one example of how we recommend and provide the 
best clinical care for our patients, which is one of the reasons for 
our high client loyalty.

+8.4%

Membership of our preventative 
healthcare scheme, Healthy Pet 
Club, has grown 8.4%, 
to 450,000 members

+c.31%

Cases seen by our specialist 
referral hospitals have grown 
by c.31% compared to FY20

+c.23%

Our companion animal and 
new client registrations have 
increased by c.23% in 2021 
compared to FY20

www.cvsukltd.co.uk/
cvs-group-publishes-2020-
quality-improvement-report/

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

5

The Strategic ReportChairman’s statement

Well positioned to deliver further 
growth in shareholder value

Introduction
When I wrote to you last year, CVS was emerging from the 
first phase of an unprecedented period of disruption caused 
by the COVID-19 pandemic. Over the past year, we have 
continued to face challenges but have taken a number of 
appropriate and decisive actions as a Board. Through this 
effective leadership, combined with the ongoing dedication 
of our colleagues, I am delighted that CVS has demonstrated 
the resilience of its business model and has emerged as a 
stronger business with excellent growth opportunities ahead.

The fundamental strength of CVS is our people and this has 
been a key factor in our strong performance over the past 
year. CVS colleagues have continued to work tirelessly to 
provide high quality care to our clients and their patients 
and, on behalf of the Board, I would like to take this opportunity 
to thank them all for their hard work and commitment.

Strong financial performance
CVS has delivered improved financial performance in the 
past financial year as a result of positive momentum in 
trading across the Group. 

We generated revenue growth of 19.2% which reflects strong 
organic growth, with like-for-like sales increasing by 17.4% for 
the Group. This reflects an increased client base and our 
continued focus on delivering high quality clinical care. We 
completed nine acquisitions during the financial year and 
revenue of £6.1m was generated from these (2020: four 
acquisitions with revenue of £4.3m).

Our adjusted EBITDA increased by 37.3% to £97.5m 
(2020: £71.0m) reflecting good performance across all 
areas of our business and close control of expenses. 
Adjusted EPS increased by 78.8% to 75.1p (2020: 42.0p).

Profit before income tax increased by 234.3% to £33.1m 
(2020: £9.9m). This dual benefit of the increase in revenue 
and the careful management of costs has resulted in a 
significant improvement in returns. Basic EPS increased 
by 237.0% to 27.3p (2020: 8.1p).

We continued to generate strong cash flow from operations 
of £80.3m (2020: £94.8m), with the year-on-year decrease 
of 15.3% due to the repayment of VAT of £15.0m to HMRC, 
which was deferred from 2020 under the COVID-19 VAT 
Deferral scheme.

CVS has emerged as a stronger 
business in light of actions 
taken to manage the business 
through the COVID-19 
pandemic, with excellent 
growth opportunities ahead.” 
Richard Connell
Chairman

6

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Strategic progress
We have a very clear purpose to provide the best possible care 
to animals and this is underpinned by our vision to be the 
veterinary company people most want to work for. 

We are committed to ensuring we have the right balance of 
skills and experience within the Board. In July 2020, we 
appointed an additional Non-Executive Director, Richard 
Gray. Richard is the Chair of the Nominations Committee. 

In recognition of the essential part our colleagues play in the 
success of CVS, we have continued to review reward and 
benefits across CVS to ensure we remain well positioned to 
retain and attract the very best talent in the profession. We also 
support employee shareholding in CVS and, with this in mind, 
we increased the discount to 20.0% for our latest employee Save 
As You Earn scheme which launched in November 2020.

Our Senior Independent Non-Executive Director, 
Mike McCollum has announced his intention to stand down, 
after serving for eight and a half years, and will leave CVS at 
the end of his current service agreement, which expires on 
23 September 2021. On behalf of the Board, I would like to 
take this opportunity to thank Mike for his tremendous 
service and to wish him every success in the future.

We continue to expand our colleague base in response to 
the increased demand for our integrated veterinary services, 
particularly in light of a growing pet population. In the year 
ended 30 June 2021, CVS employed an average of 7,241 
colleagues (30 June 2020: 6,761) including 1,962 veterinary 
surgeons (30 June 2020: 1,781) and 2,548 nurses (30 June 
2020: 2,359) who we support through our comprehensive 
training and development programmes. 

The Nominations Committee is proposing that we 
appoint David Wilton as a new Non-Executive Director 
on 24 September 2021 to replace Mike McCollum as Audit 
Committee Chair. David is a Chartered Accountant and has 
a wealth of experience in senior financial roles, most 
recently as Chief Financial Officer of Sumo Group plc. In 
light of Mike McCollum’s departure, Deborah Kemp will 
become the Senior Independent Director. 

We have delivered strong underlying financial performance 
over the past year from a focus on organic growth through 
the delivery of first class clinical care. We continue to invest 
in improving our practice facilities and clinical equipment, 
completing 13 practice refurbishment and relocation 
projects in the past financial year. We have also announced 
plans to create a specialist, multi-disciplinary referral hospital 
in Bristol and look forward to welcoming our first clients to 
this new facility in 2022. 

Alongside our focus on organic growth and our continued 
investment in practice and clinical facilities, we are well placed 
to make further acquisitions of first-opinion veterinary 
practices. Acquisitions can widen our offer of high quality 
and integrated veterinary services, whilst augmenting our 
organic growth, positioning CVS well to deliver further 
growth in shareholder value over the medium term.

Governance and the Board
We remain committed to the highest levels of corporate 
governance and, as an AIM-quoted company, we voluntarily 
adopt the FRC UK Corporate Governance Code (2018). 

On 16 August 2021, we appointed Jenny Farrer as our new 
Company Secretary. Jenny is a Chartered Governance 
Professional and has a wealth of experience in company 
secretarial roles. 

I am delighted to welcome David and Jenny to CVS.

In the year, we consulted with major shareholders on 
governance and other matters and, in light of their feedback 
and independence considerations, I stood down from all 
Board committees with effect from 30 April 2021. 

Dividends
The robust performance delivered over the past year 
demonstrates both the resilience of our business and 
the strength of our integrated veterinary services model. 
The Group continues to be highly cash generative, and 
despite continuing strong levels of investment in facilities, 
equipment and acquisitions in the year, we reduced our net 
debt by £11.9m over the course of the year. 

In light of the improvements in financial performance and the 
continued strong cash generation, the Board is recommending 
a return to our progressive dividend policy, with the payment 
of a final dividend of 6.5p per share (2020: £nil).

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

7

The Strategic ReportChairman’s statement continued

Shareholder engagement
During the year, the Directors regularly held one-to-one 
meetings and calls with existing and potential new shareholders, 
hosted a number of roadshows and attended several virtual 
broker conferences.

We appointed MHP Communications as our financial public 
relations (“PR”) agency in the year and we will continue to 
develop our shareholder engagement and reporting in line 
with best practice. The Executive Directors held the Group’s 
first ever live webcast of the Group’s interim results 
presentation in March 2021 and we will continue to present 
future results in this way, with a replay facility available.

Outlook
The veterinary sector is undergoing structural growth, 
through a number of continuing trends including the 
humanisation of pets, an increase in the demand for 
companion animals accelerated by COVID-19 restrictions, 
consumers who are keen to provide the best possible care to 
their pets, and clinical enhancements which are increasing 
the range of services we can offer to achieve the best 
potential outcomes.

Our fully integrated veterinary services model, with first-opinion 
veterinary practices supported by specialist referral hospitals, 
laboratories, crematoria and our online retail business all 
position CVS well to benefit from these favourable sector 
and consumer trends. Through our improved financial 
performance and strengthened balance sheet, we are well 
placed to invest further in our people, our facilities and clinical 
equipment, and in selective acquisitions to drive growth and 
enhanced returns. 

As we continue to expand and develop our business, our 
focus will rightly remain on attracting and retaining the very 
best talent and working as a team to provide the highest 
quality care to our clients and their animals. 

I look forward with confidence to a successful future.

Richard Connell
Chairman
23 September 2021

8

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

We care by taking a leading role in driving 
standards and responsible practices across 
the profession
In our companion animal practices, we are using 
an evidence-based framework to report on 
antibiotic prescriptions and promote responsible 
prescribing of antimicrobials. We encourage our 
practices to participate in ‘Farm Vet Champions’, 
sponsored by RCVS Knowledge, a charity partner 
of the Royal College of Veterinary Surgeons. This 
online learning platform supports farm vets to 
establish good antimicrobial stewardship. In 
equine practices, we are working to baseline 
and benchmark prescribing data and develop 
antimicrobial stewardship guidelines.

Chief Executive Officer’s review

Care at our heart

I am immensely proud to lead 
our team of highly skilled and 
committed CVS colleagues who 
provide outstanding service to 
our clients and their animals.”
Richard Fairman
Chief Executive Officer

Introduction
I am pleased to share our 2021 Annual Report and 
Financial Statements.

We have delivered a strong performance in the past financial 
year. Our business model has proven to be resilient, despite 
the difficult backdrop of COVID-19, and we have as rich a 
proposition as ever, focused on providing the very highest 
standards of clinical care. This is all due to the efforts and 
collaboration of our outstanding team of colleagues. 

Throughout the past year, we have had to respond to 
evolving regulatory guidance and new ways of working in 
order to provide ongoing care to animals, whilst keeping 
our colleagues and clients safe.

I would like to take this opportunity to thank all CVS colleagues 
for their professionalism, sheer hard work and continued 
commitment to providing the highest levels of service.

Favourable market and consumer trends
We have seen a continued increase in pet ownership in the 
past year and, whilst there is no definitive pet population 
data available, results of a recent survey published by the 
Pet Food Manufacturers Association indicate that c.3.2 million 
UK households have acquired a puppy or kitten since the 
start of lockdown restrictions and that there are now over 
24 million cats and dogs in the UK. This is clearly a positive 
trend for CVS, and whilst there are short-term benefits 
from first consultations, vaccinations and in some cases 
neutering procedures, we anticipate the benefits to be 
recognised over the medium term as these puppies and 
kittens reach their mature stages of life and require more 
veterinary intervention.

We continue to see a favourable trend of humanisation 
of pets, with consumers willing to spend more on looking 
after their animals. In many households, pets are seen as 
a core member of the family and as with human health, 
improvements in clinical diets and advances in clinical 
treatments available are likely to lead to increased life 
expectancy of pets.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

9

The Strategic ReportChief Executive Officer’s review continued

Favourable market and consumer trends continued
Our fully integrated veterinary services model positions CVS 
well to benefit from these favourable market and consumer 
trends. Our first-opinion practices provide access to advice 
and clinical care and our preventative pet health scheme, 
the Healthy Pet Club, provides regular vaccinations, check-
ups and flea and worming treatments. Our specialist-led, 
multi-disciplinary referral hospitals provide access to 
advanced procedures where required and our in-house 
laboratories provide an increasing range of diagnostic tests 
in support of our first-opinion and specialist clinical teams. 
Our online retail business provides a large range of pet food, 
drugs and other products and our crematoria provide a 
compassionate and valued end-of-life service to our clients.

Strong financial performance
We have delivered a strong financial performance in the 
past year, with revenue of £510.1m representing an increase 
of 19.2% over that achieved in the prior year. This reflects a 
17.4% increase in like-for-like sales. Adjusted EBITDA increased 
to £97.5m, with all divisions contributing to this 37.3% increase 
over the prior year. 

This improved financial performance coupled with continued 
good operational cash conversion led to a reduction in 
leverage to 0.68x at 30 June 2021 (30 June 2020: 1.14x).

Strategy
Our purpose is to provide the best possible care to animals 
and our integrated veterinary services are key to enabling 
this. Our integrated model and our breadth of skills, services 
and facilities position us well to provide outstanding care to 
our clients and their animals.

Our highly skilled and dedicated team of clinicians and support 
colleagues are at the centre of our strategy and our vision is 
to be the veterinary company people most want to work for. 
We are committed to making CVS a great place to work and 
have a career and we continue to develop our reward and 
benefits to ensure we remain well positioned in a competitive 
marketplace. Our leading Learning, Education and Development 
team have delivered significant online training over the past 
year in support of our colleague development.

We pride ourselves on our high clinical standards and remain 
focused on recommending and providing the best clinical 

10

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

care. Retaining and attracting the very best veterinary talent 
is clearly key to this, but we also recognise the need for 
continued investment in our practice facilities and clinical 
equipment. I am delighted that we have completed 13 practice 
refurbishments/relocations in the past year and we have 
invested £3.8m in new clinical equipment.

Our focus on delivering organic growth through our existing 
operations will continue to be augmented by the selective 
acquisition of veterinary practices and the investment in 
existing and new facilities. We made nine acquisitions in the 
past year and I am delighted to welcome our new colleagues 
to CVS. We also announced plans to open a brand new, 
state of the art multi-disciplinary referral hospital in Bristol 
and I look forward to the opening of this new facility in 
2022. This new facility will allow us to continue to provide 
specialist support to our clients and their animals for more 
complex cases, complementing the first-opinion services we 
provide in CVS. This will also increase the services we supply to 
third-party practices. 

Recruitment of more clinicians
We have expanded CVS over the past year and in the year 
ended 30 June 2021 we employed an average of 181 (10.2%) 
more vets and 189 (8.0%) more nurses than in the year 
ended 30 June 2020. Notwithstanding this increase, we are 
keen to recruit more clinicians to support our growth and 
are advertising for a number of new positions. This has the 
effect of inflating our veterinary surgeon vacancy rate which 
is calculated as the number of vet vacancies divided by 
the total number of roles (being both employed vets and 
new vacancies).

RCVS consultation on legislative review
We have been proactively engaging with the RCVS as a 
business for some time, for changes in legislation that would 
allow our highly skilled nurses to perform a greater range of 
procedures without the need for vet supervision.

We are delighted that the RCVS undertook consultation on a 
number of proposed reforms to the Veterinary Surgeons Act, 
1966 (‘the Act’), including proposals to enable nurses 
to undertake a broader range of procedures such as feline 
castrations. We actively participated in this consultation process 
and we broadly support the RCVS reform recommendations 
which were formally approved by the RCVS Council on 10 June 2021. 
We now encourage the government to support these reforms so 
that revised legislation can be enacted.

We care by supporting vets from the very 
start of their careers
We ran the first fully-paid, three-week Summer Camp in 
August 2021 to enhance opportunities available to new 
starters in the profession. The vets who participated 
received a week of residential training and a week within a 
practice, with operating experience. This was supported 
by a week of applied online learning, delivered through the 
CVS Knowledge Hub, our online learning, education and 
development platform. 

Sustainability and ESG
Our focus on providing the very best possible care to our 
clients and their animals and our focus on making CVS a 
great place to work and have a career are central 
components of our strategy. 

The Board of CVS is acutely aware that today companies 
must also be managed so that wider society benefits from 
their business operations and services. Whilst CVS has always 
taken its broader societal obligations seriously, we have 
recently begun the process of understanding our impact on, 
and the wider contribution we make to society, in order to 
ensure that CVS becomes a truly sustainable business focused 
on delivering value to all of our stakeholders. This initiative, 
which commenced in the second half of this financial year, 
builds on our mission and purpose and will, over time, evolve 
into a fully costed and measurable ESG strategy. 

We describe this approach as “Care at our Heart”, having 
worked to identify and articulate the core priorities for all 
arms of our business, using internal interviews and analysis. 
The concept of “care” resonated strongly across these 
discussions – we are, of course, a business that provides 
best-in-class clinical care. But care, in its broader sense, 
goes to the very heart of what we do. 

As a Company, we strive to reflect this in the work we do. Care 
is in our DNA, and it is the foundation of our ESG strategy.

 > We care deeply about protecting the wellbeing of our 
colleagues, and equipping them with the support, 
resources, training and access to personal development 
opportunities that they need.

 > We care about driving standards of clinical excellence in 

the profession and providing the best possible health care 
for animals.

 > We care about making a positive impact in the 

communities in which we work. 

 > We care about doing our job in a way that is sustainable 
and that doesn’t compromise the natural environment.

 > We care about delivering value for our investors by 

doing good. 

As a business we have made a number of changes to 
progress our sustainability agenda, and we are extremely 
committed to further development in the future. I am 

delighted that our stakeholders are equally committed to 
making demonstrable changes and through working 
together, I am confident that we will deliver meaningful 
improvements across all aspects of ESG within CVS.

We have outlined some of our progress in this Annual 
Report and I look forward to sharing further developments 
in due course.

Wellbeing and mental health
As a caring employer, we are committed to supporting 
our colleagues in their wellbeing and mental health. Given 
the challenges over the past 18 months to our working and 
personal lives from the COVID-19 pandemic, wellbeing and 
mental health support is more important than ever.

We continue to develop ways to support all colleagues and 
we now have over 300 ‘First Aiders for Mental Health’ across 
CVS who are actively championing wellbeing and positive 
mental health across our business. 

We launched a range of new initiatives over the past year 
supported by our wellbeing ambassador, Sally Gunnell OBE.

Outlook
With our improved financial performance in the past year, 
continued strong cash flow and strengthened balance 
sheet, CVS is well positioned for further growth and to 
benefit from the favourable market and consumer trends.

We will continue to focus on organic growth through 
providing great care to our clients and animals and through 
further investment in our people, our clinical facilities and 
our practices. This organic growth can be augmented by 
further acquisitions and we have acquired a further eight 
practice sites since the financial year end.

Our highly skilled and dedicated team of colleagues are 
key to our business and with their continued support and 
dedication, I look forward to sharing further success in 
the future.

Richard Fairman
Chief Executive Officer
23 September 2021

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

11

The Strategic ReportStrategy in action

We are a great place to 
work and have a career

2
Helping our 
colleagues 
achieve their 
full potential

We are committed to supporting our colleagues in their 
career progression, and to retaining and developing 
the best talent in the veterinary profession. Creating 
opportunities for diverse and rewarding careers is a key 
part of our strategy and we have an in-house careers 
team who can help any colleagues looking for a change 
of direction, location or career progression. This helps 
us not only to attract new talent, but also to retain our 
existing colleagues.

In Spring 2021, we ran an additional rewards programme 
which saw all colleagues who successfully recommended 
a friend to work at CVS entered into a free draw to win 
the holiday of a lifetime. This was won by one of our 
valued nurses.

196

Live courses on 
Knowledge Hub 

10,675

Views of clinical webinars 
in 2021 

>300

First Aiders for Mental 
Health in our business

845

Roles filled by internal 
candidates

12

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Percentage of roles filled by internal candidates

CVS Exec

Clinical Directors

Head/Lead/Senior Vet

Practice Directors

Practice Managers

Head Veterinary Nurses

Head Receptionists

Student Nurses 

0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100%

Market review

The UK veterinary market 
continues to grow

The veterinary market benefits from the tailwinds of increasing 
pet ownership as we change the way we live and work.

Increasing pet ownership
 > There is a growing pet population, with c.24 million 

cats and dogs in the UK1.

Market size (£bn)2

6.5

6.8

7.2

7.9

 > Demand for pets has increased due to lifestyle changes; 
c.3.2m1 UK households have bought a pet since the 
start of the pandemic.

Growing focus/spend on 
animal care
 > There is a growing trend towards humanisation of pets, 
resulting in an increased average spend on pet care 
and products.

 > 58% of dogs and 41% of cats have some form 

of insurance3, giving owners affordable access 
to veterinary care, especially in emergencies.

 > Great veterinary care, particularly preventative care, 
enables owners to maintain the social benefits of 
pet ownership.

 > Advances in clinical care provide access to a wider 

range of treatments.

2017

2018

2019

2020

1.  Pet Food Manufacturers Association 2021

2.   www.statista.com/statistics/308266/consumer-spending-on-pets-and-

related-products-in-the-united-kingdom-uk/

3.  PDSA 2020 PAW report

We provide integrated care throughout the life cycle…

Typical life expectancy of 12 years for a dog (14–17 years for a cat)

1–3 years

3–8 years

8 years +

First-opinion practices servicing whole life veterinary care requirements 

Online retail business food sales

Laboratory tests

Specialist referral interventions

Compassionate end of life care and cremation service

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

13

The Strategic ReportMarket review continued

Market drivers 
and responses

As with human health, better 
clinical diets and advances in 
the clinical treatments available 
should lead to an increased 
life expectancy.” 

A growing UK 
pet population

 > The UK pet population has grown in the past 18 
months with COVID-19 lockdown restrictions 
resulting in an increased demand for 
companion animals.

 > The Pet Food Manufacturers Association, in 

their recent survey, indicate that there are now 
over 24m cats and dogs in the UK with c.3.2m 
UK households having acquired a kitten or 
puppy since the start of lockdown restrictions.

 > This increase in the pet population is a helpful 
market driver, not just in the short term when 
kittens and puppies require vaccinations, initial 
check ups and in some cases neutering, but 
significantly in the medium and longer term as 
they become mature animals requiring more 
veterinary intervention.

Advances in 
veterinary care

Availability of vets to 
perform services

 > Continued scientific research leads to further 

 > There continues to be a shortage of veterinary 

advances in veterinary care offering pet 
owners a variety of treatments for their animals. 

 > Improvements in technology have advanced 
the offering of telemedicine and remote 
specialist diagnostic image interpretation 
and advice. 

 > Technology is becoming more affordable and 
more practices around the world are able to 
buy MRI and CT scanners. We provide support 
through our Vet Oracle business.

surgeons and, to a lesser extent, nurses in the UK. 
These shortages were more pronounced following 
the Brexit referendum result in June 2016 which 
increased the level of uncertainty for EU vets already 
working in the UK or considering moving to the UK. 

 > In response to this shortage, the UK Government 
reinstated the veterinary surgeon onto the UK 
Shortage Occupation List in 2019 making it easier 
to employ overseas vets from outside the EU. 

 > The RCVS have also now confirmed that, post Brexit, 
veterinary surgeons who have qualified in the EU can 
come to work in the UK provided they have qualified 
from European Association of Establishments for 
Veterinary Education (“EAEVE”) accredited 
institutions without any remedial training.

 > The number of veterinary schools in the UK has 

increased to nine currently with proposals for a further 
three recently announced. The number of graduate 
vets each year continues to increase as a result.

 > The RCVS has recently undertaken a consultation on 

proposed reforms to the Veterinary Surgeons Act 1966 
which, amongst other things would enable highly skilled 
nurses to undertake a broader range of procedures 
without direct veterinary surgeon supervision.

Our approach
 > We continue to expand our network of high 

quality facilities, accessible across the UK, the 
Netherlands and the Republic of Ireland, for all 
species of companion animals. 

Our approach
 > We continue to invest in our clinicians, offering 
them industry-leading clinical training, and we 
provide a culture of recommending the best 
possible treatment to our clients. 

 > We provide access to preventative care through 
our successful Healthy Pet Club scheme which 
provides preventative healthcare including 
regular check ups, annual vaccinations and 
regular flea and worming treatments.

 > We also provide advice to clients on the 

appropriate choice of pet for their individual 
circumstances and we offer puppy socialisation 
classes in a number of our first-opinion practices.

 > We continue to grow our Vet Oracle 

Teleneurology and Teleradiology specialisms 
whereby our specialists are able to review 
images remotely and provide advice on clinical 
treatments for first-opinion vets within CVS and 
third-party owned practices.

 > We have invested in new clinical equipment 
including dental radiography and state of 
the art keyhole neutering equipment in 
40 practices. 

Our approach
 > We continue to put our people first with our vision to 
become the veterinary company people most want 
to work for. 

 > We have implemented many initiatives with the 
aim of attracting new colleagues and retaining 
our talented colleagues, including enhanced 
wellbeing resources. 

 > We continue to enhance our Learning, Education 

and Development in support of our clinical 
colleagues in order to enable their continued 
professional development. 

 > We continue to monitor our main KPI of vet vacancy 

rate along with tracking colleague satisfaction 
through employee Net Promoter Score. 

Link to strategy
Read more on pages 22 and 23

Link to strategy
Read more on pages 22 and 23

Link to strategy
Read more on pages 22 and 23

1

3

1

2

3

4

1

2

4

14

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

We care by supporting veterinary surgeons 
around the world 
Vet Oracle is a specialist-led team that accepts digital CT 
and MRI scans from first-opinion practices for diagnostic 
interpretation and support with treatment plans. The latest 
technology enables the team to support and mentor vets 
and imaging technicians across the world, providing fast, 
high-quality reporting and guidance even on non-urgent 
cases. This innovation and knowledge-sharing helps to drive 
clinical standards for the veterinary profession as a whole.

Online purchasing

Consolidated market

Humanisation of pets

 > Increasingly our customers are switching to 

 > The UK and European veterinary market 

 > The Pet industry has benefitted from the 

shopping online for their pet food for 
convenience and to obtain the most 
competitive price. 

continues to consolidate and c.50% of the 
companion animal UK market is now owned by 
the six largest corporates.

 > Whilst the majority of our clients purchase 

 > We recognise the importance of privately 

drugs in our practices, they can also purchase 
drugs online.

owned independent practices.

humanisation of pets in recent years as pets 
are treated increasingly as companions. 

 > In the recent PDSA 2020 PAW report, it was 
reported that “Healthy pets make happy 
owners” with:

 > Where private practice owners are looking to 
sell, we are well positioned to acquire further.

•  94% of pet owners saying owning a pet 

makes them happy;

•  86% of pet owners saying owning a pet 

improves mental health; and

•  84% saying owning a pet makes them 

less lonely.

Our approach
 > We continue to explore opportunities within 
our online platform, increasing our website 
capabilities and ensuring we have sustainable 
competitive pricing. 

 > We have invested in and launched a new 

warehouse management system to improve 
the efficiency of our order fulfilment. 

 > We are reviewing new opportunities to expand 
our online offering to our practice customers. 

Our approach
 > We continue to invest in our integrated 

model and support organic and selective 
acquisitive growth. 

 > During the year we acquired nine practices, 
primarily focusing on companion animals. 

 > We support independent practices through 
our buying groups, our laboratories, our 
referral specialists, our Vet Oracle service 
and our crematoria.

 > We will continue to look for further acquisition 

opportunities which are value accretive.

Our approach
 > We continue to have a culture of high quality 
care and with our integrated structure we can 
provide all round animal care, from first- 
opinion, specialist referrals, diagnostic testing, 
to end of life care and crematoria. 

 > We understand the emotional bond between 
our customers and their pets and the wider 
social benefits of pet ownership. With 
advances in clinical care, and our integrated 
model, we can support our clients throughout 
their pets’ lives.

Link to strategy
Read more on pages 22 and 23

Link to strategy
Read more on pages 22 and 23

Link to strategy
Read more on pages 22 and 23

1

3

3

1

2

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

15

The Strategic ReportBusiness model

Competitive advantage through 
our integrated veterinary platform

Our inputs
Passionate people
We employ dedicated professionals 
who are committed to excellent 
clinical care.
7,241
Employees
1,962
Veterinary surgeons
2,548
Nurses

Financial strength
We continue to deliver growth in revenue, 
adjusted EBITDA and underlying cash 
generated from operations.
£510.1m
Revenue
£97.5m 
Adjusted EBITDA
£80.3m 
Cash generated from 
operations

High quality clinical care
All of our practices are registered with 
the RCVS Practice Standards Scheme 
and we are committed to investing 
in and using modern diagnostic 
techniques. We invest in clinical 
training and advanced qualifications.
95
Veterinary specialists

Customer focused
Our colleagues are dedicated to providing 
a quality service with the highest levels of 
customer and clinical care.
450,000 
Healthy Pet Club members

Integrated veterinary platform
We have a fully integrated model with first-opinion veterinary practices at the core 
of our business, supported by specialist-led multi-disciplinary referral hospitals, 
our own diagnostic laboratories, our network of crematoria and our online retail 
business for pet food, medicines and pet care products. Through our fully 
integrated model, we can provide high quality end-to-end care to our clients 
and their patients.

i

L a b oratories

Refe

r

r

a

l

s

C

r

e

m

a

t

o

r

i

a

t s

c

u

First 
opinion

H P C

t
c

Vet Dire

ii

etail Busin e s s
et pro d
MiP

e R
lin
n
O

M

i

P

iii

e

H

t

I

n

H

P

s

u

r

a

n

c

e

Buying Gr o u p s

See our Operational review on pages 28 to 35

16

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

 
i

A vertically 
integrated 
platform with 
veterinary 
practices at 
our core
 > Strong barriers to entry

 > High quality integrated 

clinical care

 > Scale benefits

ii
Operating in 
a sizeable and 
growing market 
with resilient 
characteristics
 > Increased population of pets

 > Humanisation of pets 

with consumers willing 
to spend more

 > Recurring robust revenues

iii
Supplemented by 
prudent capital 
allocation
 > Investment in new facilities and 
equipment, and increase in 
clinical specialists, to drive 
organic growth

 > Opportunity for accretive 

acquisitions

 > Progressive dividend policy

Find out more in our financial 
review on pages 36 to 40

Stakeholder value creation 

Employees

 > Reward and benefits are kept under regular review to ensure we remain 
competitive. As a thank you to all colleagues we gave an additional 
day’s holiday in the financial year.

Shareholders continued
 > Changes in Executive remuneration to better align with shareholder 

value creation over the medium and longer term.

 > Increased focus on Sustainability and ESG aligned to 

 > Considerable career progression opportunities across clinical 

shareholder interests.

and leadership roles.

 > Access to an industry leading Learning, Education and Development 
programme – a number of courses were available online during the 
financial year.

 > Continued investment in practice facilities and enhanced clinical 

equipment.

 > Enhanced maternity pay to support colleagues in starting a family 

and then returning to work.

 > Comprehensive wellbeing programme with resources and 

support available.

 > Insurance cover provided through corporate membership of the 

Veterinary Defence Society.

Customers

 > Access to first class 24/7 veterinary care from our first-opinion 

practices, our out-of-hours centres, our specialist-led, multi-disciplinary 
referral hospitals and our laboratories.

 > Increasing range of advanced clinical procedures available, with our 
peripatetic advanced practitioners offering an increasing range of 
services in the clients’ local practices. 

 > Preventative health services through our Healthy Pet Club (“HPC”) 

and Healthy Horse Programme (“HHP”).

 > Convenience of purchasing pet food and medication online.

 > Consultation with major shareholders undertaken in the year. 

Industry bodies

 > Regular contact with RCVS and other industry bodies.

 > Participation in RCVS Practice Standards Scheme by all CVS practices.

 > Full engagement with RCVS as part of their recent consultation on 
proposed reforms of the Veterinary Surgeons Act 1966 with written 
submission from CVS into this consultation.

 > Publication of annual Quality Improvement report to promote 

improvements across the profession.

 > Liaison with RCVS on wellbeing and ESG matters.

Community

 > Our first-opinion practices provide an important service in their 

local communities.

 > Access is provided to deaf clients through our Sign Video services 

in 100% of our companion animal practices in the UK.

 > Colleagues raise money for our charity of the year which is chosen 
by colleagues. CVS make an equal donation to Vet Life, a charity 
which supports veterinary colleagues in wellbeing and mental health.

Suppliers

 > Fair trading terms with our suppliers which promotes the collective 

 > Advice on a wide range of issues including selecting the right pet 

interest of CVS and our supplier base.

and caring for them.

Shareholders

 > Increase in shareholder value through increase in share price over 

the financial year.

 > Return to progressive dividend policy.

 > Increased access to management and improved communication.

 > Regular meetings with senior management teams to ensure interests 

are aligned.

 > Suppliers continue to benefit from the growth of CVS organically 

and through our strategic acquisitions.

 > Engagement on ESG matters to ensure collective improvement.

Find out more in our stakeholder engagement 
report on pages 18 to 21

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

17

The Strategic ReportSection 172 statement and stakeholder engagement

Creating 
value for our 
stakeholders

Section 172 statement
Our Section 172 statement sets out how the Board has 
had regard to the matters set out in section 172(1) (a) to 
(f) of the Companies Act 2006 (“s172”) in carrying out 
its duties over the course of the year. The Company’s 
purpose, vision and strategy are underpinned by the 
codified duty to promote the success of the Company 
for the benefit of its members as a whole, whilst having 
regard to the matters set out in s172(1), being:

a) 

 the likely consequences of any decision in the 
long term;

b)  the interests of the Company’s employees;

c) 

 the need to foster the Company’s business 
relationships with suppliers, customers and others;

d)   the impact of the Company’s operations on the 

community and the environment;

e) 

f) 

 the desirability of the Company maintaining a 
reputation for high standards of business conduct; and

 the need to act fairly between members of 
the Company.

The underlying principles set out in s172 form the basis 
for decision making by the Board. The Board has 
identified six key stakeholders who are essential to 
delivery of the Company’s strategy and long-term 
success of the Group, details of which are set out in 
the following pages. During the year, the Board have 
met more frequently to focus on stakeholder needs, 
and in particular the needs of our customers and our 
colleagues during the COVID-19 pandemic. 

Engaging with our stakeholders for meaningful impact
The six key stakeholders identified by the Board are at the 
heart of what we do, being: our employees; our customers; 
our shareholders; our industry bodies; our community; and 
our suppliers. It is of the highest importance to us that we 
engage with all of our stakeholders meaningfully, to inform 
decision-making and ensure we provide value in all areas of 
our business. It is challenging to ensure all of our stakeholders 
have the same experience with the Group, due to our wide 
range of locations, operations and roles; therefore, we promote 
an ongoing dialogue with all our stakeholders to enable us to 
effectively act on feedback, and we foster a culture of honesty 
and integrity. 

18

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Employees
Why we engage
CVS proudly strives to be the veterinary company that 
people most want to work for. By engaging with our 
colleagues, we can understand their motivations and 
work with them to maximise colleague engagement 
and welfare. Our focus is continuing to provide our 
colleagues with the flexibility and support they need 
to develop their careers.

How we engage
We issue Group-wide correspondence in the form of 
weekly emails, a monthly magazine and quarterly video 
briefings, which are issued in English and Dutch with 
subtitles, to improve accessibility. Usually, we host an 
annual conference, however this was delayed in the year 
due to COVID-19. 

We actively monitor our colleague satisfaction via 
our employee Net Promoter Score, which is updated 
monthly. The score is broken down on a divisional basis, 
and business leaders seek feedback in response to 
changes in the score. 

Although much of our day-to-day engagement with 
colleagues is delegated to local teams, a Non-Executive 
Director regularly meets with our colleagues to discuss 
key matters. 

Outcomes
Our colleagues have provided a lot of valuable feedback 
over the past year, with all of our people facing 
uncertainty as the COVID-19 pandemic continued. We 
hosted live question and answer webinars throughout 
the year with our Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Operating Officer, and our colleagues’ questions were 
answered in writing in the monthly company magazine.

We expanded the Vet Oracle telemedicine service after 
feedback from our clinical colleagues that they wanted 
more access to referrals advice. 

In what has been a difficult time for our colleagues 
across the business, we have increased our resources to 
support colleagues in managing their wellbeing. This 
includes implementing Wellbeing Champions, providing 
First Aid for Mental Health training, and launching a new 
wellbeing portal with free access to webinars, alongside 
our existing Employee Assistance Programme. 

Customers
Why we engage
Customers are increasingly expecting the highest 
quality care for their animals. We provide this not only 
through the customer experience but also our high 
clinical standards and quality of facilities. 

We engage with our customers to ensure we are 
meeting their high standards of service, and to identify 
opportunities to improve client service.

How we engage
Alongside contact within our practices, we regularly 
communicate with our customers through a variety 
of channels such as social media, email and direct mail, 
promoting animal wellbeing in addition to discounts 
and benefits. We also track our customer Net Promoter 
Score monthly.

Outcomes
We continue to invest to ensure we can offer our 
customers a complete pet care service, from first-
opinion clinics and referral centres, to pet consumables, 
in-house laboratory testing and crematoria. Many of our 
acquisitions are strategically placed to improve the 
service we offer to our customers, whether it is covering 
a broader range of locations, or providing enhanced 
services, such as out-of-hours, to existing practices. 

We have invested in improving our practices, including 
a new open-plan reception area designed to improve 
customer experience, which we have implemented in 
our Ramsgate veterinary practice, and a new flagship 
referral hospital with cutting edge facilities and 
equipment, including a specialist stereo-tactic linear 
accelerator, which will open in Bristol in 2022. This will 
help us treat a larger number of cases. 

Shareholders
Why we engage
We actively engage with our shareholders, sharing our 
investment case and communicating our future plans, 
to ensure the Group’s strategy is aligned to the interests 
of its shareholders. 

How we engage
We engage with our shareholders through our Annual 
General Meeting (“AGM”), conference calls, one-to-one 
meetings and investor roadshows. We have ongoing 
dialogue with our shareholders and value their 
feedback, which is discussed at Board meetings. 

We keep the investor section of our website up to date 
to provide timely updates about CVS and its activities. 

Individual shareholders are encouraged to contact 
Directors on all matters relating to governance and 
strategy via the Company Secretary.

Outcomes
At the 2020 AGM, 100.0% of resolutions were passed and 
votes in favour ranged from 75.1% to 100.0%.

We have engaged MHP Communications, a Financial 
public relations firm, to assist with improving our investor 
relations experience, engaging more closely with current 
and potential shareholders. As part of our improvement of 
investor relations, our Executive Directors took part in our 
first ever live webcast of our interim results announcement 
in March 2021, including a live question and answer session 
with analysts. 

During the year, we attended eight investor conferences 
and have undertaken virtual investor roadshows in the UK, 
Europe and the US. 

We consulted with major shareholders in the year on 
governance and other matters and, in light of their 
feedback, Richard Connell stood down from all Board 
committees with effect from 30 April 2021. Read more 
about this in our Corporate Governance statement on 
pages 60 to 64.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

19

The Strategic ReportSection 172 statement and stakeholder engagement continued

Industry bodies
Why we engage
We actively engage with our industry bodies: the RCVS, 
the British Veterinary Association (“BVA”) and the British 
Veterinary Nurses Association (“BVNA”), to promote 
innovation and advancement within the veterinary 
industry. This helps us to ensure we are up-to-date with 
clinical guidance and maintain a reputation for high 
standards of business conduct.

How we engage
We engage with our regulators over a wide range of 
issues. During the COVID-19 pandemic we provided our 
vets with the resources to interpret and follow the RCVS 
and BVA guidance. Where appropriate, we hold meetings 
with the RCVS, BVA, BVNA and Veterinary Defence Society 
to discuss key issues and share initiatives and 
improvements across the industry. 

Outcomes
In March 2021 we released our third Quality Improvement 
(“QI”) report, updating our stakeholders on clinical 
guidance from the industry. 

In the year we have engaged with the RCVS during their 
consultation on proposed reforms to the Veterinary 
Surgeons Act 1966 in April 2021.

In April 2021, some of our people and practices were 
recognised by the RCVS with a Knowledge Award which 
recognises championing the use of QI methodology. 

Community
Why we engage
We regularly engage with the communities in which 
we work to understand how we can support them.

By engaging with our communities we enhance the 
environment in which we work, promote employment 
satisfaction in our operations and keep our 
communities informed.

How we engage
We have a charity of the year, which is chosen by our 
colleagues; in 2021 this is the British Divers Marine Life 
Rescue. Throughout the year we hold regular 
fundraising events from bake sales in local practices 
to Group-wide promoted events such as our 
‘Step’tember virtual dog walk in September 2020 which 
raised awareness for The Cinnamon Trust, our 2020 
Charity of the year.

Our practices also engage within their local 
communities, providing key care to animals for a 
number of smaller charities.

Outcomes
Our colleagues raised £22,000 for our 2020 Charity of 
the year, which was matched by CVS in a donation to 
Vet Life. 

We have implemented a number of initiatives to lessen 
our impact on the environment. For example, our seven 
pet crematoria sites have pledged to offset their carbon 
footprint by planting one square metre of British native 
woodland for every pet they directly receive for 
individual cremation in 2021. 

20

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Suppliers
Why we engage
We engage with our suppliers to deliver ongoing 
benefits to our businesses, collaboratively finding 
operational and sustainable improvements and 
delivering improved value. 

How we engage
We have a stable supplier base in our wholesalers and 
manufacturers, regularly communicating with them 
to promote our relationship. Our suppliers are invited 
to attend our annual conference to understand our 
business, engage with other key stakeholders and ask 
any questions they may have. 

Outcomes
We are proud to have long-term relationships with 
our wholesalers and manufacturers. Through these 
relationships we can generate consistent custom for 
our suppliers, in return achieving mutually favourable 
terms on purchases. Over the past 18 months we have 
had appropriate communication with our suppliers, 
ensuring they were paid on time and were able to 
deliver sufficient product despite the impact on global 
supply chains during the pandemic. 

Improved protective equipment for 
Equine vets and nurses
We recognise that Equine clinical work carries 
a high risk of injury to both vets and nurses. 
We have been working hard to reduce this, 
particularly by improving training for our clinical 
colleagues in understanding where the risks lie, 
and improving their horse handling skills. To 
help to mitigate the level of risk that remains in 
carrying out day-to-day tasks, we have taken the 
decision to supply all our vets and nurses with a 
personal protective helmet for them to wear 
during certain procedures, identified through 
detailed risk assessments.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

21

The Strategic ReportStrategy

Our strategy for growth

1

2

We recommend and provide the 
best clinical care every time

We are a great place to 
work and have a career

Our strategic objectives
 > We have a culture of recommending the best possible 

Our strategic objectives
 > We create opportunities for our people to have a diverse 

treatments to our clients.

and rewarding career.

 > We deliver industry-leading clinical training.

 > We are as flexible as possible in all our roles.

 > We are committed to evidence-based medicine and have 

 > We have the best leaders within our businesses.

a robust quality improvement framework.

 > We offer the best learning, education and development 

 > We ensure our clinicians have access to the right 

in the profession.

medicines at the right time.

Our achievements in the year
 > We have once again published our annual QI Report 
reflecting our commitment to leading the veterinary 
profession in patient safety and promoting a culture of 
learning and development amongst colleagues.

 > New industry-leading techniques have been implemented 

across our practices.

 > Established processes are in place to internalise more 

Our achievements in the year
 > In the year ended 30 June 2021 we employed an average 
of 1,962 veterinary surgeons (30 June 2020: 1,781) and 
2,548 nurses (30 June 2020: 2,359).

 > We continue to monitor our Key Performance Indicator 
(“KPI”) employee Net Promoter Score (“eNPS”), which 
tracks our colleague engagement monthly across our 
business areas. During the year, this score increased by 
314.3%. Read more about this on page 27.

referrals and attract third-party referrals.

 > We have placed 189 new employees through our highly 

 > We have expanded our pool of advanced 

peripatetic practitioners.

Outlook
 > We are working hard to drive increased levels of 

preventative healthcare.

Market drivers
 > A growing UK pet population.

 > Advances in veterinary care.

 > Humanisation of pets.

successful refer-a-friend scheme.

 > We have filled 845 roles with internal candidates.

 > We have partnered with the University of Nottingham 
to deliver a four-year accredited graduate programme.

 > We have created and accredited certificates in leadership 

and management for our leaders.

 > We have implemented enhanced benefits for our 

colleagues from 2021.

Outlook
 > We continue to improve our industry-leading Learning, 

Education and Development platform, the Knowledge Hub.

Market drivers
 > A growing UK pet population. 

 > Advances in veterinary care.

 > Availability of vets to perform services.

 > Humanisation of pets.

Link to KPIs
Read more on pages 24 to 27

C

A

B

Link to risks
Read more on pages 50 to 57

3

4

1

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

6

7

9

11

12

13

Link to KPIs
Read more on pages 24 to 27

C

A

B

Link to risks
Read more on pages 50 to 57

2

3

1

C

E

F

G

H

J

K

L

4

6

11

12

13

22

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

3

4

We provide great facilities 
and equipment

We take our 
responsibilities seriously

Our strategic objectives
 > We ensure all our practices meet RCVS Practice Standards 

Our strategic objectives
 > We are making our Group as environmentally sustainable 

Scheme (“PSS”) accreditation standards and aspire to 
achieve further RCVS awards.

as possible.

 > We implement the best levels of health and safety in 

 > We invest in our estate to ensure all our facilities meet 

the profession.

excellent standards.

 > We are expanding our network with high quality facilities.

 > We prioritise the wellbeing of our people.

 > We engage with the veterinary profession and support 

 > We develop new ways to serve our clients and our patients.

its interests. 

Our achievements in the year
 > During the year we acquired nine new practices which 
complemented our existing portfolio of practices. 

 > We also completed 13 practice relocations and 

refurbishments, including our innovative reception and 
waiting area design piloted in our Ramsgate surgery.

 > We have invested in state of the art equipment for keyhole 

neutering in 40 practices.

 > We are committed to enhancing the quality of our 

on-site facilities. 

Outlook
 > Our senior clinical teams are launching and providing 

training on new techniques across our practices.

 > Our flagship specialist veterinary hospital in Bristol, 

opening in 2022, will have specialists in every discipline 
and cutting-edge equipment and technology.

Market drivers
 > A growing UK pet population.

 > Advances in veterinary care.

 > Availability of vets to perform services.

Our achievements in the year
 > Our new colleague wellbeing initiative saw a further 
76 colleagues trained as workplace First Aiders for 
Mental Health, bringing our total to over 300 trained 
Wellbeing Champions.

 > We contributed to the RCVS consultation on legislative 

reform of the Veterinary Surgeons Act 1966.

 > During the year, we switched our UK mainland electricity 

supply to 100% fully renewable energy sources.

 > We have included a range of wellbeing resources on the 

Knowledge Hub, which are available to all of our colleagues 
on demand.

Outlook
 > We are working with our Irish and Dutch suppliers to secure 

Group-wide sustainable energy. 

 > CVS works closely with RCVS Knowledge, the charity 
partner of the RCVS, to help promote its mission to 
‘advance the quality of veterinary care for the benefit 
of animals, the public and society’.

Market drivers
 > Availability of vets to perform services.

 > Consolidated market.

 > Humanisation of pets.

Link to KPIs
Read more on pages 24 to 27

C

A

B

Link to risks
Read more on pages 50 to 57

2

3

1

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

L

4

5

6

8

9

11

12

13

Link to KPIs
Read more on pages 24 to 27

C

A

B

Link to risks
Read more on pages 50 to 57

2

4

1

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

L

5

6

7

9

10

11

12

13

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

23

The Strategic ReportKey performance indicators (“KPIs”)

Financial KPIs

Ensuring 
CVS tracks 
and monitors 
the correct 
KPIs, both 
financial and 
non-financial, 
is key in 
measuring 
our success.

1.

 Adjusted financial measures 
(adjusted EBITDA, adjusted profit 
before income tax and adjusted 
earnings per share) are defined in 
the financial statements, and 
reconciled to the financial 
measures defined by International 
Financial Reporting Standards 
(“IFRS”) on pages 90 and 118.

(A) Revenue
(£m)

(B) Like-for-like
sales (%)

(C) Adjusted
EBITDA1 (£m)

£510.1m
+19.2%

17.4%
+2,385.7%

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

510.1

2021

17.4

427.8

406.5

327.3

271.8

2020

0.7

2019

2018

2017

5.2

4.9

6.3

Why it’s a KPI
Revenue is a key measure 
of performance across all 
divisions of the Group and 
demonstrates our ability to 
attract and retain customers.

2021 performance
 > Overall revenue has 

increased by £82.3m. 

 > Like-for-like revenue, 

adjusted for intercompany 
sales eliminations, 
increased £72.3m, with 
acquisitions in the year 
and the full year impact 
of prior year acquisitions 
generating additional 
revenue of £10.0m.

 > The Group has seen 
significant growth 
following recovery from 
the COVID-19 pandemic, 
during which revenue 
growth had slowed.

Why it’s a KPI
Like-for-like sales shows 
revenue generated from 
like-for-like operations 
compared to the prior year, 
adjusted for the number of 
working days. For example, 
for a practice acquired in 
September 2019, revenue is 
included from September 
2020 in the like-for-like 
calculations. This shows the 
underlying growth in revenue 
across all divisions, excluding 
the impact of acquisitions. 

2021 performance
 > Like-for-like performance

reflects the Group’s 
recovery from COVID-19, 
as temporary practice 
closures during 2020 
limited growth in the 
prior year.

 >  Increased pet ownership 
has also contributed to 
increased like-for-like sales.

£97.5m
+37.3%

97.5

71.0

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

54.5

47.6

42.1

Why it’s a KPI
Adjusted Earnings Before 
Interest, Taxation, 
Depreciation and 
Amortisation (“EBITDA”) 
excludes costs relating to 
business combinations and 
exceptional items and 
assists in understanding 
the underlying performance 
of the Group.

2021 performance
 > The improvement in 

adjusted EBITDA reflects 
the improvement in 
like-for-like adjusted 
EBITDA of £28.3m, with 
acquisitions in the year 
and the full year impact 
of prior year acquisitions 
generating additional 
EBITDA of £1.8m. 

 > This is partly offset by an 
increase in central costs 
of £3.6m incurred to 
protect our colleagues and 
clients and to continually 
build a foundation for 
further development and 
expansion of the Group.

Link to strategy
Read more on pages 22 and 23

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

24

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

(D) Adjusted 
EPS1 (pence)

(E) Total capex 
(£m)

(F) Gross margin 
before clinical 
staff costs (%)

(G) Cash 
generated from 
operations (£m)

75.1p
+78.8%

£16.6m
+33.9%

76.1%
+0.8%

£80.3m
-15.3%

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

75.1

42.0

46.7

42.4

42.8

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

16.6

12.4

12.9

10.7

13.8

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

80.3

94.8

76.1

75.5

76.2

79.6

79.8

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

52.1

46.7

37.2

Why it’s a KPI
This is profit before income 
tax adjusted for: 
amortisation; costs relating 
to business combinations; 
and exceptional items, net 
of the notional tax impact of 
these, divided by the weighted 
average number of shares. 
Adjusted EPS is a KPI because 
it assists in understanding the 
underlying returns generated 
for our shareholders. 

2021 performance
 > The increase reflects the 
increase of £28.0m in the 
year in adjusted profit 
before income tax1.

Why it’s a KPI
Gross margin represents 
revenue after deducting the 
cost of drugs, laboratory fees 
and cremation fees, and 
other goods sold or used by 
the business, expressed as a 
percentage of total revenue. 
Gross margin is a KPI 
because it helps us to 
monitor and measure our 
ability to purchase drugs at 
the best possible price whilst 
ensuring the highest quality. 

2021 performance
 > The increase in gross 

margin is principally due to 
our focus on providing 
great clinical care.

Why it’s a KPI
This is the total amount 
spent by the Group on 
capital expenditure. Capital 
expenditure is incurred on 
refurbishment and relocation 
of practice facilities and 
investment in new equipment 
and clinical facilities. Investing 
in our practices and clinical 
equipment is key to 
achievement of our strategic 
goal of providing great 
facilities and equipment.

2021 performance
 > Total capital expenditure 
has increased by £4.2m, 
consisting of a £0.5m 
reduction in maintenance 
capital expenditure and 
a £4.7m increase in 
development capital 
expenditure, with the 
focus on improving client 
experience and on 
growing our business. 
Refer to the financial 
review on pages 36 to 40 
for further detail.

Why it’s a KPI
Cash generated from 
operations shows the cash 
inflows before: payments 
of income taxation and 
interest; business 
combinations; purchases 
of property, plant and 
equipment and intangible 
assets; repayment of right-of-
use assets; payments of 
dividends; debt issue costs; 
increase/repayment of bank 
loans; and proceeds from issue 
of shares. Delivery of increased 
cash generated from 
operations allows us to invest 
in further growth opportunities 
across our business. 

2021 performance
 > Cash generated from 

operations has decreased 
due to payment in the 
year of the tax deferred 
under the COVID-19 tax 
deferral schemes which 
were accessed across the 
UK and the Netherlands 
in the prior year.

 > The Board is confident that 
the cash generated from 
operations is performing in 
line with its expectations and 
in a manner which continues 
to enable investment.

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021 25

The Strategic ReportKey performance indicators (“KPIs”) continued

Non-financial KPIs

(H) Vet 
vacancy rate1

(I) Healthy Pet 
Club members

(J) Number of 
RCVS awards

8.3%
+20.3%

2021

2020

2019

2018

8.3

6.9

9.1

11.3

Why it’s a KPI
The vet vacancy rate is 
calculated as the average 
number of live vet vacancies 
divided by the total number 
of vets by headcount plus 
vacancies. This shows the 
average level of vet vacancies 
for the Group during the 
period. This links to our 
vision of being the veterinary 
company people most want 
to work for.

2021 performance
 > The vet vacancy rate has 
increased in 2021, as we 
are advertising for a 
number of new positions 
to support our growth due 
to increasing demand for 
our services.

450,000
+8.4%

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

450,000

415,000

401,000

362,000

306,000

Why it’s a KPI
Healthy Pet Club is our 
preventative care scheme. It 
provides CVS with a robust 
and regular revenue stream, 
as well as improving 
customer loyalty. 

2021 performance
 > The rate of growth in 

Healthy Pet Club members 
has increased, to 8.4% 
in 2021 from 3.5% growth 
in 2020.

 > This demonstrates the 

increased humanisation 
of pets and desire for our 
clients to invest in their 
pets’ futures through 
preventative care.

159
+0.0%

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

36

159

159

114

83

Why it’s a KPI
This shows the number of 
RCVS Practice Standards 
Scheme awards across 
the Group. These awards 
promote and maintain 
the highest standards of 
veterinary care across a 
range of different criteria 
including client experience 
and clinical governance. 
Monitoring the number 
of RCVS awards helps us 
achieve our strategic 
goals of taking our 
responsibilities seriously. 

2021 performance
 > Due to the COVID-19 

pandemic, the RCVS did 
not issue further Practice 
Standards Scheme awards 
during the year. All of our 
practices who already 
hold these awards 
continue to be recognised 
as award-holders. 

Tracking our 
non-financial 
measures allows 
us to monitor our 
performance 
against our core 
strategic goals.

1.   This non-financial KPI aligns with 

our strategy; however, data is only 
available for four years.

2.   These non-financial KPIs align 

with our strategy; however, data 
is only available for two years.

3.   Net Promoter Score measures 

customer and colleague 
experience using the answer to a 
key question, “how likely is it that 
you would recommend CVS?”, 
with a 0-10 scale. Responses are 
analysed using a weighted 
calculation to yield a score 
between a low of -100 to a 
high of 100.

Link to strategy
Read more on pages 22 and 23

2

3

4

1

1

2

3

4

26

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

(K) Employee 
NPS2, 3

(L) Client  
NPS2, 3

2.9
+314.3%

2021

2020

0.7

72.2
-8.0%

2.9

2021

2020

72.2

78.5

Employee Net Promoter Score 
Our ongoing efforts to be the veterinary 
company people most want to work for 
are reflected in our monthly tracking of 
our employee Net Promoter Score (“eNPS”), 
which has improved throughout 2021. 

Why it’s a KPI
Employee Net Promoter 
Score (“eNPS”) is a measure 
of how likely our colleagues 
are to recommend the Group 
as a place to work as 
reported on anonymous 
surveys. Monitoring eNPS 
shows the level of colleague 
satisfaction across the Group 
and helps us to ensure we 
are a great place to work and 
have a career. 

2021 performance
 > We have seen significant 

improvements in 
colleague engagement 
due to our ability to 
effectively support our 
colleagues through the 
COVID-19 pandemic, 
among other factors.

Why it’s a KPI
Client Net Promoter Score 
(“NPS”) is a measure of 
the level of our clients’ 
satisfaction with their 
experiences with the Group 
via anonymous reporting of 
the likelihood that clients 
would recommend the 
Group for our services. 
Monitoring NPS helps us 
to ensure we recommend 
and provide the best clinical 
care every time.

2021 performance
 > We have seen a small 
reduction in client 
engagement, likely due to 
the impact of the RCVS 
guidance which restricted 
our customers from 
accompanying their pets 
in our practices. This figure 
remains strongly positive, 
and we expect it to return 
to its previous levels in 
due course.

1

2

3

4

1

3

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

27

The Strategic ReportOperational review

Delivering outstanding clinical 
care despite challenging 
circumstances

During the last twelve months, we have faced many 
challenges, but the way in which our colleagues have 
stepped up to protect animal welfare and continued to deliver 
the best possible care has been nothing short of remarkable. 
We owe our colleagues an enormous debt of gratitude and 
therefore I would like to thank every one of them for their 
continued hard work.

Our purpose is to give the best possible care to animals, 
which we are delivering through our clear vision to be the 
veterinary company people most want to work for. This 
financial year has seen us make significant strides forward 
despite the challenging environment. Our focus on the critical 
KPIs of our colleague satisfaction and our vet vacancy rate are 
a reflection of this vision. Beneath our purpose and vision, as 
we introduced in our FY20 Annual Report, are our four 
strategic pillars: 

 > we recommend and provide the best clinical care 

every time; 

 > we are great place to work and have a career; 

 > we provide great facilities and equipment; and 

 > we take our responsibilities seriously.

Alongside the strong growth we have seen during the year 
I am delighted to have seen a significant number of new 
clinical positions created over the year, and on average in the 
year ended 30 June 2021 we employed 10.2% (181) more vets 
than we did in the year ended 30 June 2020. We have also 
seen more roles filled by internal candidates, promoting great 
careers within CVS, as well as through our highly successful 
refer a friend scheme during the year. As a result of the 
continued expansion of our practices, we have advertised 
for more clinical roles than ever, which has had the effect 
of increasing our vet vacancy rate across the year to 8.3%. 
Critically, and in stark contrast to the higher vet vacancy rate 
experienced several years ago, these vacancies are the result 
of our expansion ambitions, as we seek to add new clinical 
roles across the company to capitalise on an expanding 
market. Our annual clinical attrition rates and employee Net 
Promotor Scores both remain improved on prior years as we 
continue to strive to be the veterinary company people most 
want to work for. 

We are focused on giving the 
best possible care to animals 
by being the veterinary company 
people most want to work for.”
Ben Jacklin
Chief Operating Officer

28

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

We have also made some changes to remuneration since 
the end of the financial year in response to survey data and 
feedback, focusing more on fixed income for clinicians and 
introducing bonus schemes that reward collaboration across 
the Group and the delivery of the best possible clinical care. 
We also recognise the intense demands of clinical roles in the 
veterinary profession, not least during the last 18 months, and 
have introduced an enhanced holiday scheme to give 
colleagues an extra day of annual leave for each year of CVS 
service, up to a maximum of five years. This is additional to 
our buy and sell holiday scheme, both of which are aimed at 
ensuring our colleagues get the right balance of time away 
from work.

We remain committed to being a great place to work and 
have a career. This year, we have partnered with the University 
of Nottingham to deliver a unique four-year accredited 
graduate programme which launched in autumn 2020. 
Supporting and mentoring a pipeline of talented graduates is 
a central tenet to our ongoing commitment supporting long 
and successful careers for our clinicians within CVS. We have 
also introduced our first graduate summer camp to the 
graduate intake programme. This helps our newly qualified 
vets to develop their core practical skills, increase their 
knowledge and understanding of surgery and consulting, 
and be ‘practice ready’ as they begin their careers with us. 
Additionally, we have partnered with the University of Bristol 
to deliver final year clinical rotations for their veterinary 
students in our equine clinics and hospitals. This now means 
all students at Bristol Veterinary School will experience at least 
one rotation within CVS before they graduate, exposing bright 
and ambitious young talent to all that CVS has to offer, and 
enabling us to contribute to the education of the next 
generation of veterinary surgeons.

We are the only veterinary corporate 
group to publish an annual QI report
This year, we published our third annual Quality 
Improvement report, and we continue to be 
at the forefront of patient safety and clinical 
improvement. As always, our report provided a 
clear and measurable account of ways in which 
we are improving clinical care and animal welfare. 
Taking our responsibilities seriously is a key pillar 
of our strategy and there is no better measure of 
our efforts than our Quality Improvement report.

www.cvsukltd.co.uk

Our efforts to build the best learning education and 
development platform in the profession have continued, with 
the Knowledge Hub – our online training portal – having an 
average of 4,200 users per week during FY21. This platform 
offers almost 200 live courses and programs and we had over 
10,000 clinical webinar views in the year, reflecting the critical 
role that offering continued professional development has in 
the retention and recruitment of our talented colleagues. A 
limited number of courses are now also available to third 
parties, as we begin a rollout of learning opportunities to the 
wider profession.

Having great facilities and equipment is critical to us 
delivering on our strategy, and as such we have completed 
13 refurbishments and relocations in FY21. The quality of 
practice facilities is directly related to our ability to recruit 
vets, and the ability of our clinical teams to deliver the best 
possible care; therefore refurbishments and relocations 
are a fantastic investment opportunity for us. We are also 
deploying new industry-leading techniques across our 
practices, including dental radiography and keyhole surgery 
for neutering, which is now in operation in 40 practices 
across the Group. 

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

29

The Strategic ReportOperational review continued
Operational review continued

Veterinary Practices division
Demonstrating strong 
growth alongside 
operational adaptability

Our Veterinary Practices division comprises our companion 
animal, referrals, farm animal and equine veterinary practices, 
as well as our buying groups, Vet Direct and MiPet Insurance. 
The division has performed extremely well during the 
financial year, with like-for-like revenue growth of 15.9% 
and total revenue growth of 18.0%. We have also generated 
growth through acquisitions, having made nine acquisitions 
comprising 15 practice sites in FY21 and eight practice sites 
since the financial year-end, mainly providing companion 
animal services, as well as complementary farm and equine 
animal services. We are pleased to report that this cohort of 
new acquisitions have been well integrated into the Group, 
and are performing well.

Companion Animal
Our Companion Animal division forms the majority of our 
Veterinary Practices division, and has proven resilient in 
recovering from the COVID-19 disruption. We have continued 
to focus on supporting our clinical teams to deliver the best 
possible care, and despite the challenges of the pandemic 
we have made excellent progress across a range of areas of 
clinical development. 

Despite reception areas and consultation rooms remaining 
mainly closed throughout much of FY21, the division has 
continued to deliver high quality clinical service whilst 
changing the ways of working within practice. The temporary 
relaxation of restrictions by the RCVS allowed for remote 
prescribing and supported telemedicine consultations in 
the very early months of the pandemic, but throughout the 
financial year we saw a strong demand from clients to 
attend our clinics in person, and the demand for virtual 
interactions fell away, reiterating the close ties of our 
practices with their communities. 

Referrals
Our Referrals division continues to grow strongly, with 
revenue increasing 29.3% over the prior year. We have 
expanded the range of clinical disciplines we offer in our 
hospitals, and we have seen growth of our vet-to-vet 
telemedicine imaging service, VetOracle. These services are 
offered to both our own and third-party practices across the 
globe, and we have invested further in systems to support 
further growth. We also continue to expand our network of 
advanced peripatetic practitioners, who provide advanced 
clinical services to our first-opinion practices entering new 
disciplines and geographical locations. 

Veterinary Practices 
revenue share*

85.4%

 86+

£453.4m 
Revenue
18.0%
Revenue growth
450,000
HPC customers

* 

 Revenue share before intercompany sales between practices 
and other divisions.

30

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

14
+
+
U
Head office
Central administration costs include those of the 
central finance, IT, human resource, purchasing, legal 
and property functions. Total costs were £15.7m (2020: 
£12.1m) representing 3.1% of revenue (2020: 2.8%). The 
increased spend reflects business growth during the 
period as well as investment in people and processes 
in support of further scalability, whilst maintaining a 
high standard of internal and external service.

As a percentage of revenue, the spend on support 
functions has increased, particularly in the areas of IT 
and Human Resources. This represents our continued 
investment in support areas, ensuring that we continue 
to have suitable systems to appropriately support the 
trading divisions. This overall increase in central costs 
also reflects health and safety expenditure in relation 
to COVID-19, for example additional personal 
protective equipment for our colleagues, amounting 
to c.£0.5m. The Group continues to base support 
colleagues in regions where possible, so they can 
easily provide the close support that the operations 
teams require. 

Our Referrals division has worked hard to build relationships 
with both internal and external first-opinion practices. This 
has led to a 31.4% increase in cases being referred during 
the financial year compared to FY20. 

Equine
Our Equine division has 20 equine practices across the UK, 
the Republic of Ireland and the Netherlands, including five 
RCVS accredited referral hospitals in the UK and large 
referral hospitals in both the Republic of Ireland and 
the Netherlands.

The division has performed well in the financial year, 
generating internal referrals through supporting 
collaboration between practices, providing operational 
leverage and resulting in EBITDA growth of 163.1%. We have 
also implemented further training for first-opinion equine 
vets and provided additional equipment, such as scanning 
equipment, for use on first visits, contributing to a 26.2% 
increase in revenue. 

We have continued to expand our out-of-hours service, 
Equicall, offering emergency cover to both CVS and 
third-party practices. This world-first equine dedicated 
out-of-hours service has not only improved access to clinical 
care for our clients, but has improved flexibility for our vets 
by reducing the burden on existing vet teams.

Farm Animal
Our Farm Animal division consists of 23 farm animal 
practices and a large specialist poultry business, Slate Hall. 
During the year we have increased both fee and drug 
revenue via buying groups and increased incentives for 
our vets, such as our productivity bonus scheme.

After launching our first greenfield farm animal practice 
in 2020, we have continued to advance this model 
throughout 2021, and at the end of this financial year we 
have three greenfield practices providing opportunities for 
young and ambitious vets. 

International
Our International division comprises 25 practices in the 
Netherlands and six practices in the Republic of Ireland. 
Internationally we have expanded and improved our 
out-of-hours services, to reach more clients and support 
the best possible working environment for our clinicians. 

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

31

The Strategic ReportOperational review continued

International continued
We continue to focus on rolling out our people-focused 
model, providing the best possible care to animals in all 
our territories. Improved collaboration between practices, 
including referral of more advanced cases between 
experienced clinicians remains a good opportunity for 
organic growth.

We continue to seek high quality independent practices 
to join our network and, having put significant effort into 
our integration processes over the last two years, we are 
confident we can drive value from all acquisitions we make. 
We are well placed to continue to improve margins via 
streamlined referrals, use of our own-brand products and 
an increased range of clinical services. 

‘Get out to help out’ 
vaccination programme
Following the COVID-19 National lockdowns, the 
Group’s companion animal practices faced a 
significant backlog of work. One of the non-essential 
procedures postponed during the lockdowns was 
the administration of pets’ vaccinations. Across the 
country, CVS clinical and non-clinical colleagues 
volunteered their time to assist with vaccination days 
to help clear the backlog, including our CEO, Richard 
Fairman (pictured). 

Healthy Pet Club
As well as offering first class care to sick or injured animals 
we continue to offer preventative health care through our 
Healthy Pet Club scheme, which offers routine flea and 
worming treatments and vaccinations, as well as twice 
yearly health checks. These clients can spread the cost of 
accessing the best preventative health care, as well as 
allowing our clinicians to identify diseases and recommend 
the best diagnostics and treatments. The scheme membership 
has grown by 8.4% over the last year to around 450,000 
members, representing roughly 40% of our companion 
animal active client base. The Healthy Horse Programme has 
also grown, with 10,000 members at the end of June 2021.

MiPet products/purchasing
During the year, we have continued our efforts to increase 
purchases of our own-brand products rather than third-party 
branded pharmaceuticals. As well as providing increased 
choice for our clients, this has also resulted in our own-brand 
spend increasing to 34.0% of the UK practices’ 
pharmaceutical spend, up from 28.0% in 2020.

We have continued to improve our warehouse management 
system, improving efficiency and increasing our permanent 
staffing, which has enabled us to cope with the increase 
in Online Retail order volumes as well as successfully 
complying with social distancing requirements through 
effective use of space and adjusted shift patterns within 
our warehouse. 

Outlook
We are optimistic for continued growth within our Veterinary 
Practices division, with revenue growth expected to come 
from an increased number of clients and our focus on 
exceptional clinical care and our desire to be the veterinary 
company people most want to work for. Initiatives for the 
forthcoming year include a focus on radiography in first-
opinion practices, in collaboration with our specialist 
VetOracle imaging teams. This will enable improvements in 
image acquisition, interpretation, and most importantly in 
the quality of diagnoses in pursuit of the best possible 
clinical care. 

We are also focused on enhancing the role of our veterinary 
nurses in our clinics, and have launched a new programme 
to grow the number of consultations undertaken by our 
talented nursing colleagues. In areas such as these we 
continue to see significant opportunity to drive organic 
growth, by focusing on increasing our capability in all areas of 
diagnostics, and then recommending and delivering the 
best possible treatments. 

32

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Laboratories division
Providing a full range 
of laboratory services

Our Laboratories division provides diagnostic services and 
in-practice desktop analysers to both CVS and third-party 
practices, and employs a national courier network to 
facilitate the collection and timely processing of samples 
from practices across the UK. We continue to develop our 
capability to ensure we can support the wider Group’s focus 
on growing diagnostic care. 

Diagnostic services
Our diagnostic laboratories have grown during the year, 
including 20.1% growth in the number of tests provided to 
external customers. During the pandemic we also introduced 
COVID-19 PCR testing for our colleagues and for third parties, 
which was discontinued in March 2021 due to changes in 
government regulations. 

Analysers
Analyser revenue is driven by a combination of sales 
of analysers, leasing agreements and ongoing sales of 
consumables throughout the life of the equipment. Revenues 
from the analyser business grew by 28.7% over the course 
of the financial year, including strong growth within CVS 
practices aligned to the wider clinical focus on diagnostics. 

Outlook
The Laboratories division has remained resilient despite 
increasing consolidation in the veterinary sector resulting 
in the loss of some external clients. By increasing the speed 
and range of testing we offer in our laboratories, continuing 
to ensure field-leading client service, and employing a highly 
skilled network of sales teams and engineers, we are 
optimistic for further growth in the years to come. 

Laboratories revenue share*

5.3%

6+

£28.0m
Revenue
32.7%
Revenue growth

497,000

laboratory tests performed

* 

 Revenue share before intercompany sales between practices 
and other divisions.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

33

The Strategic Report94
+
+
U
Operational review continued

Crematoria division
Collaboration between 
crematoria and practices to 
help deliver the best client care

Our Crematoria division provides both individual and 
communal cremation services for companion animal and 
equine clients, as well as clinical waste disposal services 
for both CVS and third-party veterinary practices.

Having successfully trialled our Direct Pet Cremation project 
in the first half of the year, this was rolled out across more of 
our companion animal practices in the final quarter of the 
financial year. This initiative has contributed to the increase 
in the number of individual cremations of 20.2% over the 
prior year.

Outlook
Our Direct Pet Cremation project has seen great 
engagement from our practices and clients, and as we 
complete the rollout in the new financial year we expect this 
to continue, along with our Crematoria division revenues.

Direct Pet Cremation Project
Our integrated veterinary platform is demonstrated in 
action with our Direct Pet Cremation Project, which 
sees clients allowed more time to consider difficult 
decisions about their beloved pet’s end-of-life and 
cremation, such as whether to choose individual 
cremation, and choices between a range of caskets 
and other mementos. Crematoria and practices 
collaborate to give our clients time and space, which 
reduces the emotional pressures of our clients’ 
decisions and allows our subject matter experts in our 
crematoria to discuss the full range of options open to 
clients during the most difficult time of all. 

Crematoria revenue share*

1.5%

2+

£8.0m
Revenue
11.1%
Revenue growth

20.2% 

increase in individual cremations 

* 

 Revenue share before intercompany sales between practices 
and other divisions.

34

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

98
+
+
U
Online Retail Business division
Growing pet food sales online

Our online pet food and pharmacy retailer, “Animed Direct”, 
focuses on pet food and prescription and non-prescription 
medication, directly to customers. This is supported by the 
buying power of the Group as a whole, which ensures the 
business is able to provide the best value for customers.

During the financial year, our Online Retail division delivered 
revenue growth of 29.9% and adjusted EBITDA growth of 
16.0%. The COVID-19 lockdowns have changed consumer 
habits towards sourcing pet food online, rather than visiting 
physical shops. Our high levels of customer service have 
enabled us to retain a large portion of the new customers 
that first used the platform during the national lockdown, 
despite retail restrictions having subsequently eased. 

We have expanded our range of product lines and continued 
to improve our website, prescription management system, 
and customer service management system, which 
contributes to our consistent five-star Trustpilot rating.

Outlook
The continual improvements and expansion to our product 
range as well as the increasing changes in customers’ 
shopping habits towards online shopping for convenience 
is expected to continue to deliver revenue growth in our 
Online Retail business in the coming years. We continue to 
develop our website to improve user experience, further 
increasing revenue growth opportunities. 

Ben Jacklin
Chief Operating Officer
23 September 2021

Online Retail Business 

7.8%

revenue share*8+

£41.7m
Revenue
29.9%
Revenue growth
404,000
Unique customers

* 

 Revenue share before intercompany sales between practices 
and other divisions.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

35

The Strategic Report92
+
+
U
Financial review

Strong growth in financial 
performance and well placed 
for future investment

Financial highlights
The Group has recovered well from the COVID-19 pandemic, 
to deliver significant growth in revenues and adjusted EBITDA. 

Key financial highlights are shown below:

Revenue (£m)
Adjusted EBITDA (£m)*
Adjusted profit 
before income tax (£m)*
Adjusted earnings per share (p)*
Operating profit (£m)
Profit before income tax (£m)
Basic earnings per share (p)

2021

510.1
97.5

66.2
75.1
40.1
33.1
27.3

2020

427.8
71.0

38.2
42.0
18.5
9.9
8.1

Change
%

19.2%
37.3%

73.3%
78.8%
116.8%
234.3%
237.0%

A reconciliation of the difference between the reported 
operating profit figure and adjusted EBITDA is shown below:

Operating profit
Adjustments for:

Amortisation, depreciation 
and impairment1
Costs relating to business combinations
Exceptional items

Adjusted EBITDA

2021
£m

40.1

48.1
9.3
—

97.5

2020
£m

18.5

46.4
0.7
5.4

71.0

1.   Impairments in the year ended 30 June 2020 are shown in 

exceptional items.

* 

 Adjusted financial measures (adjusted EBITDA, adjusted profit before 
income tax and adjusted earnings per share) are defined in the financial 
statements, and reconciled to the financial measures defined by 
International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) on pages 90 and 118
of the Annual Report. Management uses adjusted EBITDA and adjusted 
earnings per share (“adjusted EPS”) as the basis for assessing the financial 
performance of the Group. These figures exclude costs relating to business 
combinations and exceptional items and hence assist in understanding 
the performance of the Group. These terms are not defined by IFRS and 
therefore may not be directly comparable with other companies’ adjusted 
profit measures.

Strong financial performance is 
underpinned by our strategy and 
favourable market dynamics, 
with investment opportunities 
to deliver further growth.”
Robin Alfonso
Chief Financial Officer

36

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Financial performance
Revenue increased by 19.2% to £510.1m from £427.8m with 
strong Group like-for-like growth of 17.4%. The Group continues 
to benefit from favourable market dynamics with the trend in 
humanisation of pets, increasing pet ownership and the shift 
in consumer spending online. Like-for-like growth was 
underpinned by the continued focus on our strategy of 
providing the best clinical care, and was delivered despite a 
planned companion animal price increase being delayed 
during the year, which was eventually implemented on 
1 January 2021. Revenue also included COVID-19 PCR 
testing, which discontinued in March 2021 following 
a change in Government guidance. 

Adjusted EBITDA increased by 37.3% to £97.5m from £71.0m. 
As a percentage of revenue, adjusted EBITDA increased to 
19.1% from 16.6%, benefitting from operating leverage and 
strong revenue growth. Adjusted EBITDA also benefitted 
from £2.0m of Research and Development Expenditure Tax 
Credits, following the Group’s first claim under this scheme.
The Group made nine acquisitions in the financial year, 
which in aggregate generated revenue of £6.1m and 
adjusted EBITDA of £1.3m during the period. 

Adjusted profit before income tax increased 73.3%, to 
£66.2m from £38.2m, benefitting from the increase in 
adjusted EBITDA and a reduction in finance expense. 
Adjusted EPS (as defined in note 2 to the financial statements) 
increased 78.8%, to 75.1p from 42.0p. Adjusted profit before 
income tax and adjusted EPS exclude the impact of amortisation 
of intangible assets, costs relating to business combinations 
and exceptional items.

Profit before income tax increased by 234.3%, to £33.1m 
from £9.9m, underpinned by the increase in adjusted 
EBITDA and reduction in exceptional costs, partially offset 
by the increase in costs in relation to business combinations, 
which includes business combinations costs in respect of 
prior periods. Basic EPS increased 237.0%, to 27.3p from 8.1p.

Taxation
Income tax expense has increased by £9.6m, to £13.8m from 
£4.2m, primarily due to the increase in profit before income 
tax and £4.3m relating to the re-measurement of deferred 
tax balances in respect of UK jurisdictions following the UK 
Government’s announcement to increase the rate of 
corporation tax to 25%, from 19%, in April 2023.

The Group’s effective tax rate was 41.7% (2020: 42.3%). 
A reconciliation of the expected tax charge, at the standard 
rate, to the actual charge is shown below:

Profit before income tax

Expected tax at UK standard rate of tax
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
Adjustments to previous year tax charge
Utilisation of brought forward losses
Effect of difference between closing 
deferred tax rate and current tax rate
Effect of tax rate change on opening 
deferred tax balances

Actual charge/effective rate of tax

£m

33.1

6.3
2.4
1.6
(0.1)

%*

19.0%
7.3%
4.8%
(0.3%)

(0.7)

(2.1%)

4.3 

13.0%

13.8

41.7%

*  Percentage of profit before income tax.

All of the Group’s revenues and the majority of its expenses 
are subject to corporation tax. The main expenses that are 
not deductible for tax purposes are costs relating to 
acquisitions and depreciation on fixed assets that do not 
qualify for tax relief. Tax relief for some expenditure, mainly 
fixed assets, is received over a longer period than that for 
which the costs are charged in the financial statements.

Financial position

Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets
Other non-current assets
Current assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Equity

2021
£m

228.4
57.4
97.2
0.1
101.4
(98.5)
(194.9)
191.1

2020
£m

229.8
51.6
98.1
1.2
83.6
(102.0)
(195.7)
166.6

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

37

The Strategic ReportFinancial review continued

Financial position continued
As at 30 June 2021, intangible assets amounted to £228.4m 
(2020: £229.8m), consisting of goodwill, patient data records 
and computer software. The net reduction of £1.4m relates 
to amortisation and impairment in the year of £23.8m (2020: 
£23.2m), net foreign exchange movements on opening 
balances of £1.0m (2020: £0.5m), offset by additions 
through business combinations of £22.9m (2020: £7.2m) 
and computer software additions of £0.5m (2020: £1.3m).

Property, plant and equipment of £57.4m (2020: £51.6m) 
includes freehold land and buildings, leasehold 
improvements, fixtures, fittings and equipment and motor 
vehicles. The net increase of £5.8m primarily relates to 
additions (including those arising via business combinations) 
of £16.7m (2020: £11.3m), reflecting our continuing 
commitment to investing in our facilities, offset by net 
disposals of £0.5m (2020: £nil), net foreign exchange 
movements on opening balances of £0.1m (2020: £nil) 
and depreciation in the year of £10.3m (2020: £10.7m). 

Right-of-use-assets of £97.2m (2020: £98.1m) consists 
of property leases for our veterinary practices, specialist 
referral centres and support offices of £95.1m (2020: £96.3m) 
and leases for vehicles and equipment of £2.1m (2020: £1.8m). 
The net reduction in the year of £0.9m relates to the 
depreciation and impairment charge in the year of £14.0m 
(2020: £14.6m), net disposals of £1.7m (2020: £nil), foreign 
exchange on opening balances of £0.6m (2020: £0.1m 
increase), offset by additions (including those via business 
combinations) and re-measurement of lease terms of 
£15.4m (2020: £4.8m).

Other non-current assets of £0.1m (2020: £1.2m) relates to 
a managed investment fund measured at fair value of £0.1m 
(2020: £0.1m) and deferred tax assets of £nil (2020: £1.1m). 
In the current year the deferred tax asset has been offset 
against deferred tax liabilities (see note 24 to the financial 
statements for further details).

Current assets of £101.4m (2020: £83.6m) comprises 
inventories of £19.5m (2020: £18.7m), trade and other 
receivables of £48.1m (2020: £43.4m), current income tax 
receivable of £0.1m (2020: £0.4m current liability), and cash 
and cash equivalents of £33.7m (2020: £21.5m). The net 
increase of £17.8m mainly relates to increased cash and cash 
equivalents and increased trade receivables in line with the 
growth in overall revenues.

Current liabilities of £98.5m (2020: £102.0m) comprise trade 
and other payables of £86.0m (2020: £87.7m), provisions of 
£3.9m (2020: £5.0m), lease liabilities of £8.6m (2020: £8.8m), 
income tax liabilities of £nil (2020: £0.4m) and borrowings of 
£nil (2020: £0.1m). The net reduction of £3.5m mainly relates 
to the net movement following the repayment of £15.0m 
deferred VAT under the COVID-19 VAT Deferral scheme, 
offset by the increase in bonus accruals due to the strong 
performance of the Group (included within other payables) 
and additional legal fees accrued. 

Non-current liabilities of £194.9m (2020: £195.7m) includes 
borrowings of £83.9m (2020: £83.5m), lease liabilities of 
£90.2m (2020: £89.8m), derivative financial instruments of 
£0.4m (2020: £0.9m) and deferred tax liabilities of £20.4m 
(2020: £21.5m). See below for further details regarding the 
Group’s borrowings.

Equity of £191.1m (2020: £166.6m) increased by £24.5m as a 
result of total comprehensive income of £19.0m (2020: £5.5m), 
new shares issued and shares disposed from the Employee 
Benefit Trust (“EBT”) of £1.5m (2020: £1.0m) to settle 
obligations under the Group’s Save As You Earn (“SAYE”) 
scheme, and transactions in relation to share-based 
payments and associated deferred income tax of £4.0m 
(2020: £1.0m). There was no dividend payment in 2021 
(2020: £3.9m).

Cash flow and movement in 
net debt
Net debt decreased by £11.9m to £50.2m from £62.1m. 
The movement in net debt is explained as follows:

Cash generated from operations
Capital expenditure – maintenance
Repayment of right–of-use liability
Taxation paid
Interest paid

Free cash flow
Capital expenditure – development
Business combinations (net of cash 
acquired)
Loans and borrowings acquired through 
business combinations
Dividends paid
Sale of property, plant and equipment
Exceptional items
Proceeds from Ordinary shares
Proceeds from sale of Treasury shares
Amortisation of debt issuance costs 

Decrease in net debt

2021
£m

80.3
(8.2)
(13.0)
(13.0)
(7.1)

39.0
(8.4)

2020
£m

94.8
(8.7)
(14.2)
(9.5)
(7.0)

55.4
(3.7)

(19.4)

(7.2)

(1.0)
—
0.6
—
1.2
0.3
(0.4)

11.9

—
(3.9)
—
(0.7)
0.1
0.9
(1.0)

39.9

Cash generated from operating activities decreased by 15.3% 
to £80.3m from £94.8m, despite the increase in adjusted 
EBITDA. The decrease primarily relates to £15.0m of VAT 
payments which were deferred under the COVID-19 VAT 
Deferral scheme and £2.0m of taxes in the Netherlands 
deferred from the prior year, paid in the current year. Cash 
generated from operations also includes an additional £7.7m 
of payments for costs relating to business combinations, 
which mostly relate to acquisitions in prior periods. 

38

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

The analysis of capital expenditure between maintenance 
and development in the table above reflects a broad split 
between expenditure which we believe will primarily maintain 
profit, and that which we expect to increase profit. This split 
can only ever be approximate. Development capital expenditure 
includes new sites, relocations, significant extensions and 
significant new equipment. All other capital expenditure is 
included as maintenance.

Repayment of right-of-use-liabilities of £13.0m (2020: £14.2m) 
consists of liabilities in respect of property leases for our 
veterinary practices, specialist referral centres and support 
offices and leases for vehicles and equipment. 

No corporation tax relief is received on the majority of the 
amortisation and transaction costs which are deducted in 
arriving at the unadjusted profit before income tax figure. 
Therefore, taxation paid moves broadly in line with the 
adjusted profit before income tax of the Group. The increase 
in tax paid in the year is primarily as a result of the increase 
in profit generated by the Group.

The interest payment of £7.1m was consistent with the prior 
year of £7.0m, reflecting the Group’s maintenance of net 
debt during the financial year. 

Proceeds from the sale of Ordinary and Treasury shares of 
£1.5m arose on the exercise of options under the Group’s 
approved SAYE scheme, which allows colleagues to save 
regular amounts each month over a three-year period and 
benefit from increases in the Group’s share price over that time.

Amortisation of debt issuance costs of £0.4m (2020: £1.0m) 
was in line with our policy. 

Net debt and borrowing costs
The Group’s net debt comprises the following:

Borrowings repayable:
Within one year
After more than one year 

Loan facility
Unamortised borrowing costs

Total borrowings
Cash and cash equivalents

Net debt

2021 
£m

2020 
£m

—

0.1

85.0
(1.1)

 83.9
(33.7)

50.2

85.0
(1.5)

83.6
(21.5)

62.1

Cash available for discretionary expenditure (“free cash flow”) 
decreased to £39.0m from £55.4m, primarily as a result of the 
deferred VAT payments noted above.

The Group has total facilities of £175.0m to 31 January 2024, 
provided by a syndicate of four banks: NatWest, HSBC, BOI 
and AIB, and comprising the following elements: 

Development capital expenditure of £8.4m (2020: £3.7m) was 
incurred in the year. This investment included relocation of 
our practices at the Grove in Fakenham, Barry in Wales, 
Buttercross in Nottinghamshire and Rosemullion in Cornwall, 
and refurbishment of some of our existing sites, with 
significant investment in our sites at Buchanan in Manchester, 
Springfield in Rotherham and Newquay in Cornwall, which is 
due to complete in October 2021. The level of investment in 
the prior year was adversely impacted by action taken to preserve 
cash during the first COVID-19 lockdown in March 2020.

Consideration for business combinations, net of cash acquired, 
of £19.4m was paid for nine practices (15 practice sites) 
(2020: £7.2m) acquired during the financial year to June 
2021. In addition a further £1.0m (2020: £nil) was paid to 
settle loans transferred as part of the business 
combinations.

Dividend of £nil (2020: £3.9m) following the decision not 
to declare a dividend in the prior year due to COVID-19 
support received.

Sale of property plant and equipment of £0.6m (2020: £nil) 
relates to sites held not deemed to be in the right location 
for future investment.

Exceptional items of £nil (2020: £0.7m). The prior year related 
to amounts paid in relation to Board restructuring costs.

 > a fixed term loan of £85.0m, repayable on 31 January 2024 

via a single bullet repayment; 

 > a four-year Revolving Credit Facility (“RCF”) of £85.0m, 

that runs to 31 January 2024;

 > an envisaged, but not committed, accordion facility of up 

to £100.0m, that runs to 31 January 2024; and

 > in addition, the Group has a £5.0m overdraft facility, 

renewable annually.

The two financial covenants associated with these facilities, 
described below, remain unchanged and will continue to 
be calculated based on the Group’s accounting policies 
applicable at 30 June 2019 for the duration of the facilities, 
i.e. pre-IFRS 16.

At the year-end, the total borrowings principally consist of:

 > the £85.0m term loan (gross of unamortised issue costs) 

(2020: £85.0m); and

 > £nil drawn down under the RCF (gross of unamortised 

issue costs) (2020: £nil).

The two financial covenants associated with the Group’s 
bank facilities are based on the ratios of net debt to EBITDA 
and EBITDA to interest. EBITDA is based on adjusted EBITDA, 
annualised for the effect of acquisitions, including costs 
relating to business combinations and excluding share 
option costs, prior to the adoption of IFRS 16. The EBITDA 
to interest ratio must not be less than 4.5x. At 30 June 2021 
it was 24.97x.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

39

The Strategic ReportFinancial review continued

Cash flow and movement in 
net debt continued

Net debt and borrowing costs continued
The covenant levels allow a maximum Group net debt 
to EBITDA ratio (“gearing”) of 3.25x, although it is not the 
Group’s intention to operate at this level. The gearing ratio 
decreased during the year, to 0.68x at 30 June 2021 from 
1.14x at 30 June 2020. This decrease in ratio reflects both 
the decrease in net debt and increase in EBITDA. 

The Group manages its banking arrangements centrally. 
Funds are swept daily from its various bank accounts into 
central bank accounts to optimise the Group’s net interest 
payable position.

Interest rate risk is also managed centrally and derivative 
instruments are used to mitigate this risk. On 28 February 
2020, the Group entered into two four-year fixed interest rate 
swap arrangements to hedge fluctuations in interest rates on 
£70.0m of its term loan facility.

Going concern and viability
At the statement of financial position date the Group had 
cash balances of £33.7m and an unutilised overdraft facility of 
£5.0m. Total facilities of £170.0m are available to support the 
Group’s organic and acquisitive growth initiatives over the 
coming years, comprising a term loan of £85.0m and an RCF 
of £85.0m. The Directors consider that the £5.0m overdraft 
and the £170.0m facility enable the Group to meet its liabilities 
as they fall due. Since the year end, the Group has continued 
to trade profitably and to generate cash.

After consideration of market conditions, the Group’s 
financial position (including the level of headroom available 
within the bank facilities), financial forecasts for the three 
years to 30 June 2024, its profile of cash generation and the 
timing and amount of bank borrowings repayable, and 
principal risks, the Directors have a reasonable expectation 
that both the Company and the Group will be able to continue 
in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the 
period, being at least 12 months from the date of approval 
of the financial statements.

For this reason, the going concern basis continues to be 
adopted in preparing the financial statements.

More information on the Group’s viability statement can be 
found on page 79 of the Annual Report.

40

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Share price performance
At the year-end the Company’s market capitalisation was 
£1,708.7m (2,415p per share), compared to £727.8m (1,030p 
per share) at the previous year-end. The graph below shows 
the total shareholder return performance compared to the 
FTSE AIM All-Share index. The values indicated in the graph 
show the share price movement based on a hypothetical 
£100 holding in Ordinary shares from 1 July 2020 to 30 June 2021.

Twelve-month graph to 30 June 2021 (rebased)

250

225

200

175

150

125

100

75

50

Jul 20

Aug 20 Sep 20 Oct 20 Nov 20 Dec 20

Jan 21

Feb 21

Mar 21

Apr 21 May 21

Jun 21

CVS

Pets at Home

AIM All-Share

FTSE 250 ex. Investment Trusts

Source: Factset.

Key contractual arrangements
The Directors consider that the Group has only two 
significant third-party supplier contracts which are for the 
supply of veterinary drugs. In the event that these suppliers 
ceased trading, the Group would be able to continue in 
business without significant disruption in trading by 
purchasing from alternative suppliers.

Forward-looking statements
Certain statements and arrangements described in the 
Annual Report are forward looking. Although the Board is 
comfortable that the expectations reflected in these forward-
looking statements are reasonable, it can give no assurance 
that these expectations will prove to be correct. Because 
these statements involve risks and uncertainties, actual 
results may differ materially from those expressed or 
implied by these forward-looking statements. 

Robin Alfonso
Chief Financial Officer
23 September 2021

Strategy in action

3

We provide great 
facilities and equipment

Enhancing 
specialist 
services

Put simply, we want to make sure our clinical teams have 
the best facilities and equipment possible to do their 
outstanding work, as well as provide our clients with a 
best-in-class service.

Our new Ramsgate site is designed to create a new and 
improved experience for clients and their pets. The site 
offers an extended range of services and facilities in a very 
modern environment, whilst maintaining a warm and friendly 
atmosphere. It is the first CVS practice to use a new modern 
and spacious open-plan reception and waiting area design, 
to enable the team to bond with their clients and patients 
from the second they enter the building. Removing the usual 
reception desk defies the rules but the team passionately 
believe in customer focus and having no barriers between 
them and their clients.

13 

Completed 
refurbishments and 
relocations in 2021

40

Pratices equipped with 
state of the art keyhole 
neutering equipment

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

41

The Strategic ReportCVS’s approach to sustainability and ESG

Care at our heart

Introduction
CVS has in recent years embarked on an ambitious 
programme to build a financially sustainable, fully integrated, 
successful and growing veterinary services group. This 
approach, which is aligned with the UN’s Sustainability 
Development Goals, is on track, with the strong performance 
during the year underpinned by our clear strategy to continue 
to improve our contribution in future years. We are proud of 
what has been achieved, as highlighted in the following pages.

The Board of CVS is acutely aware that today companies 
must be managed so that wider society benefits from their 
business operations and services. Whilst CVS has always 
taken its broader societal obligations seriously, we have 
recently begun the process of monitoring, assessing and 
understanding our impact and the contribution we make 
in order to ensure that CVS becomes a truly sustainable 
business focused on delivering value to all of its stakeholders. 
This initiative builds on our purpose and vision and will, over 
time, evolve into a measurable ESG strategy. 

We refer to this approach as “Care at our Heart”, having 
worked to identify and articulate the core priorities for all 
divisions of our business, using interviews with our 
colleagues and stakeholder analysis, highlighting their own 
priorities and concerns and how these interlock with our 
own. We are, of course, a business that provides best-in-
class clinical care to animals. But care, in its broader sense, 
goes to the very heart of what we do. 

Our colleagues choose to work in the sector because they 
care deeply about the animals we treat, and about driving 
standards of clinical excellence while minimising our impact 
on the natural environment. We care about protecting their 
own wellbeing, and equipping them with the support, 
resources, training, and access to continuous professional 
development they need to perform at their best. We care 
about making a positive impact in the communities and the 
profession in which we work and harnessing this good to 
drive value for our investors. Care is in our DNA, and it is the 
foundation of our ESG strategy.

CVS in 2021 at a Glance

c.1.1m
Companion animals under our care 
in 2020/2021
£510.1m
Revenue
(2020: £427.8m)

£97.5m
Adjusted EBITDA
(2020: £71.0m)

£1.7bn
Market capitalisation
(2,415p per share) at 30 June 2021 
(30 June 2020: £727.8m (1,030p per share))

450,000
Members of the Healthy Pet Club, 
our preventative healthcare scheme  
(2020: 415,000) 

4
Clinicians on our Executive Committee 
Including three veterinary surgeons, of which two 
are specialists, and one qualified veterinary nurse, 
comprising 50% of roles (Chief Operating Officer, 
Chief Veterinary Officer, Director of Clinical Operations 
and Group Procurement Director) 

7,241
Colleagues employed
(2020: 6,761), including 1,962 veterinary surgeons (2020: 
1,781) and 2,548 nurses (2020: 2,359)

>500
Veterinary surgeries 
throughout the UK, the Netherlands 
and Republic of Ireland

42

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

 
Our efforts to build a more sustainable 
business will drive increased standards, 
an improved working environment for 
our colleagues and improved returns 
for our shareholders. This improvement 
feeds into a positive cycle of 
performance in all aspects of our 
economic performance, sustainable 
practices and corporate governance. 

Recruiting and 
retaining more 
excellent clinical 
colleagues

Providing 
higher quality 
of animal care 

Creating 
a happier 
workforce 

Continually 
improving 
performance 
and impact

Raising 
industry 
standards and 
supporting the 
veterinary 
profession

Driving 
sustainable 
investor 
returns

Helping more 
animals, who 
in turn improve 
people’s lives

Meeting market 
demand

ESG driving business performance

 The emphasis on a dedicated series of workstreams to 
understand and measure our impact is new, but our focus 
remains unchanged – building a sustainable business. 
Central to our management approach is the belief that 
delivering strong financial performance goes hand in hand 
with meeting our ambitious ESG objectives. Becoming the 
employer of choice, providing the best clinical care and 
playing our role in society will ensure we have the capacity 
to meet demand. Career development, diversifying our 
workforce, and supporting colleagues to enhance their 
wellbeing are not ‘soft’ activities but central to attracting and 
retaining the very best vets. In simple terms, at CVS we believe 
investing in our ESG strategy de-risks our business, creating 
value for all our stakeholders.”

Robin Alfonso
Chief Financial Officer

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021 43

The Strategic Report 
 
 
 
CVS’s approach to sustainability and ESG continued

How we care for our stakeholders 

Reporting and target setting
We have identified the metrics we have put in place for each strand of our ESG strategy 
on the following pages, describing their importance in driving positive change, 
behaviours and actions. Over the coming year, we will be analysing our business further 
and engaging with stakeholders to understand what further metrics CVS should put in 
place to measure care at the heart of our business.

Our patients and their owners

Colleagues

How we care
 > Access to end-to-end care through our first-opinion 

practices, our specialist-led, multi-disciplinary referral 
hospitals, our diagnostic laboratories and, at the end 
of an animal’s life, through our compassionate 
cremation services

 > High clinical standards

 > Animal welfare prioritised

 > Regular check-ups and treatments (vaccines/flea 

treatments/worming)

 > Consistently high standards for pain management in 

surgical patients

 > Equine out-of-hours service

 > Vet Oracle Telemedicine

Outcomes
 > A healthy pet population 

 > Outstanding clinical expertise 

 > The best possible service for pet owners and their animals

Current and future KPIs
Current:
 > Monthly tracking of customer Net Promoter Scores

How we care
 > Competitive rewards and benefits

 > Colleague wellbeing support and regular check-ins

 > Flexible working programmes

 > Equality, Diversity and Inclusion working group

 > Development opportunities

 > Clinical governance

 > New graduate programme including our first graduate 

summer camps

 > Culture of open dialogue and learning

 > Access to top-tier clinical expertise

 > Learning and development

 > Mental Health Pledge

Outcomes
 > Becoming the veterinary company people most want to 

work for

 > Fulfilled vets and nurses who have the equipment and 
support to provide the best possible care for animals

 > Equal opportunities for all colleagues

 > A healthy and safe workspace

 > Membership of our preventative healthcare schemes, 

Healthy Pet Club and Healthy Horse Programme

 > Offering clinical colleagues access to top-tier clinical 
expertise and continued professional development 

 > Clinical outcome surveys

Future:
 > Tracking of patient survey follow-up actions to improve 

quality of service and care

 > Building the best Learning, Education and Development 

(“LED”) platform

Current and future KPIs
Current:
 > Monthly tracking of eNPS colleague survey

 > Vet and nurse employee numbers

 > Clinical role vacancy rates

Future:
 > Average training and development expenditure per 

full-time employee 

 > Tracking of follow-up actions from eNPS surveys to 
improve colleague wellbeing and staff satisfaction

 > Gender and ethnicity KPI

44

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Environment

Community and industry bodies

How we care
 > Responsible sourcing including choosing suppliers 

who use sustainable packaging

How we care
 > Sign access to all first-opinion companion animal practices 

to allow deaf clients to access veterinary care

 > Waste reduction initiatives

 > Schools outreach

 > Switch to electricity from 100% renewable sources in 

 > Liaison with RCVS, BVA, BVNA and other industry bodies 

UK veterinary pratices

 > New, greener vehicle fleet introduced and further 

changes planned

 > National Trust partnership and tree planting initiative

 > PPE recycling trial underway

Outcomes
 > Monitoring and reducing our environmental impact

 > Reduced waste

 > Reduced emissions

 > Reduced carbon footprint

Current and future KPIs 
Current:
 > Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (“SECR”) 
on Scope 1, 2, and 3 emissions alongside details of 
greenhouse gas emissions (including anaesthetics) 
not covered by SECR 

 > Percentage reduction in waste disposal per annum

Future:
 > Absolute reduction targets 

 > Annual Vet Life charity donations

 > Focus on quality improvement including 

antimicrobial stewardship

 > Sponsorship and charity donations

Outcomes
 > Investment in the veterinary profession

 > Raising standards across the sector

Current and future KPIs
 > Percentage increase in community investment 

Investors

How we care
 > Delivering strong financial performance

 > Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting

 > Open-dialogue communication with our shareholders

 > Tonnes of waste generated (hazardous, general, landfill 

 > Alignment with targets

and incineration, recycled) 

 > Water consumption

 > Percentage of packaging formats that are recyclable, 

reusable or compostable

 > Improved shareholder access to senior management and 
communication including appointment of financial PR 
agency and recording of analyst results presentations

Outcomes
 > Sustainable shareholder value and long-term growth 

 > LTIP awards linked to total shareholder returns over the 

medium and longer term

 > Executive Directors subject to two-year lock-in for future 

LTIP awards

 > Shareholder consultation on key issues raised through 

AGM voting or through regular meetings

Current and future KPIs
 > Share price and total shareholder return

 > Virtual broker conferences

 > Engagement with investors

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021 45

The Strategic ReportCVS’s approach to sustainability and ESG continued

Our responsibility: putting Care 
into practice
We care about our responsibility to people, animals and the 
natural environment, and the United Nations Sustainable 
Development Goals (“UNSDGs”) are an invaluable framework 
for our business to put care into practice. We outline below 
our priorities as a Group and the initiatives we have put in 
place to ensure we meet and exceed this responsibility, 
highlighting the relevant UNSDGs.

Attracting and retaining talent, and ensuring  
the wellbeing of our employees
Why we care: Our service, and the success of our 
operations, depend on the expertise, experience and 
wellbeing of our teams. Our vision is to be the veterinary 
company people most want to work for, and we aim to 
achieve this by providing long-term careers, appropriate 
reward and benefits, and equal opportunities for all. We offer 
numerous quality development opportunities alongside 
excellent facilities and resources, whilst encouraging and 
supporting good mental health.

How we care: CVS has created three new Wellbeing Working 
Groups, involving colleagues from a variety of roles across 
the company. We have trained over 300 Wellbeing Champions 
in First Aid for Mental Health, embedding them in local 
teams, alongside wellbeing training for senior leaders, which 
had been taken up by over 280 managers by 30 June 2021. 

Following the financial year-end, we have introduced 
enhanced holiday provision to support wellbeing and 
recognise colleagues’ contribution through long service, 
while reducing the impact of job vacancies on teams 
by improving attraction and retention for all roles. 

We track colleague engagement through the monthly 
Employee Net Promoter Scores (“eNPS”), to ensure our 
teams are fulfilled and to allow us to respond to issues early. 

In a clinical setting, we provide Continuous Professional 
Development (“CPD”) allowances for all our vets and nurses, 
in addition to in-depth training programmes and graduate 
camps. To support our nurses through the first lockdown, 
the LED team together with ChesterGates’ nursing school 
developed the “From Nurses, For Nurses” initiative. This 
comprises a series of webinars, quizzes and Q&A-style 
online sessions, led by our referral nurses for their colleagues. 

We offer a two-year graduate induction programme to 
support early-career professionals, while our virtual LED 
platform, Knowledge Hub, has improved ease of access to 
information and learning online. 

Our UNSDGs
The Group has identified the following UNSDGs as the 
most important to our activities and impact on people, 
animals and the natural environment.

Pillar 3: Good health and wellbeing
Ensure healthy lives and promote wellbeing 
for all.

Pillar 4: Quality education
Ensure inclusive and equitable quality 
education and promote lifelong learning 
opportunities for all.

Pillar 5: Gender equality
Achieve gender equality and empower all 
women and girls.

Pillar 8: Decent work and economic 
growth
Promote sustained, inclusive and sustainable 
economic growth, full productive employment 
and decent work for all.

Pillar 9: Industry, innovation and 
infrastructure
Build resilient infrastructure, promote 
inclusive and sustainable industrialisation 
and foster innovation.

Pillar 12: Responsible consumption 
and production
Ensure sustainable consumption 
and production patterns.

Pillar 13: Climate action
Take urgent action to combat climate change 
and its impacts.

Pillar 15: Life on land
Protect, restore and promote sustainable use 
of terrestrial ecosystems, sustainably manage 
forests, combat desertification, and halt 
and reverse land degradation and halt 
biodiversity loss.

Pillar 17: Partnership for the goals
Strengthen the means of implementation 
and revitalise the global partnership for 
sustainable development.

46

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Delivering a first-class experience to our customers 
and their animals
Why we care: Providing the best possible care for our 
patients is integral to our business. Our teams care deeply 
about the health of the animals they treat, providing 
outstanding service and expertise that is trusted by 
animal owners.

How we care: Our integrated model supports our 
customers by allowing us to set the highest standards of 
clinical care and support the work of our practices with 
specialist referral hospitals and diagnostic laboratories. This 
approach is led by our Chief Veterinary Officer, Professor 
John Innes and his clinical team which includes our newly-
appointed Chief Nursing Officer, Lucy Turner.

We are the only veterinary corporate group in the UK to 
publish an annual Quality Improvement report. We are fully 
committed to the RCVS Practice Standards Scheme and 
have received a number of outstanding awards.

We provide access to high-quality veterinary specialists to 
assist in resolving complex clinical issues, while our Vet 
Oracle business provides tele-radiology and tele-neurology 
image interpretation services to first-opinion vets all over 
the world.

Playing an active role in the communities in which 
we operate, and the profession
Why we care: We believe in the importance of playing an 
active role in community life. Building trust, familiarity and 
reliability helps us make a positive impact on the lives of our 
customers, patients, and their communities. Leading the 
way in driving standards of excellence, innovation and 
initiatives to shape the profile of the profession will help 
to advance animal healthcare for future generations. 

How we care: We want to increase the level of diversity in 
our sector and are beginning to work with schools and 
universities to attract a more diverse workforce. We have 
appointed a new internal committee focusing on aspects of 
diversity and inclusion. Our new Employee Experience role 
also focuses on improving the diversity profile of our business, 
and on our commitment to providing equal opportunities and 
improving the gender pay gap.

We also want to play a leading role in tackling issues such 
as antimicrobial resistance – a critical challenge for animal 
healthcare globally, working with organisations embedded 
within the profession to promote responsible prescribing 
of antimicrobials. 

We engage with charities to provide veterinary services, and 
we encourage our colleagues to fundraise for our charity 
of the year, which is chosen by our colleagues.

We are, above all, a business 
that cares about our wider 
impact on the world around us. 
We believe strongly that we have 
a responsibility to do our very 
best for our teams, our patients, 
customers, and the communities 
in which we work. This drives 
value, but it’s also just the right 
thing to do.”
Richard Fairman
Chief Executive Officer

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

47

The Strategic ReportCVS’s approach to sustainability and ESG continued

Our responsibility: putting Care 
into practice continued

Reducing our environmental impact
Why we care: Caring for animals goes hand in hand with 
caring for the natural environment. Our aim is to minimise 
our impact on the planet in a way that supports and 
develops our services and clinical expertise. 

Working with suppliers to drive positive change 
Why we care: We believe in driving sustainability at all 
stages of our supply chain, and creating and adopting 
sustainable practices and equipment to ensure we can 
effect positive change together with our suppliers. 

How we care: We are investing in a range of interventions to 
increase efficiency and reduce our climate impact. As part 
of our adoption of SECR, we have undertaken work to 
reduce our Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions, as well as 
broadening the extent of our reporting to include details of 
greenhouse gas emissions (including anaesthetics) which 
are not covered by SECR. 

Our initiatives to achieve this have included: moving to a 
renewable energy supply; supporting smarter heat and 
building management; adding electric vehicles and capping 
CO2 emissions for our new fleet; decommissioning air-
conditioning supplies that use ‘R22’ gas, which has a high 
ozone depletion potential; reducing electricity use in our 
day-to-day operations, and improving our waste 
management and increasing recycling.

Further, together with the National Trust, our seven 
crematoria sites across the UK have pledged to plant one 
square metre of native British woodland for every pet we 
receive directly for individual cremation throughout 2021. So 
far in 2021, we’ve already helped to plant 4,000m2 of native 
woodland through this initiative.

How we care: We have, alongside our office supplies 
supplier, Warrens Office, undertaken various packaging 
reduction initiatives including reusable and recyclable 
packaging. They have committed to switching all company 
vehicles to electric vehicles, which will be powered by the 
company’s self-generated solar power. 

We are also switching our products to more environmentally 
friendly options, such as recycled products.

Autumn 2021 will see the launch of the new CVS Print 
Platform in conjunction with environmental award-winning 
print supplier, SF Taylor. This will help reduce waste and 
ensure we are using responsibly sourced materials.

We use Veolia’s Microsoft Power BI platform to analyse waste 
collection data and monitor waste bin utilisation across  
our practices, helping us to increase recycling and reduce 
waste collections.

Vet Direct, our veterinary equipment supplier, has vastly 
reduced its printing of catalogues, and carbon balancing the 
paper through the World Land Trust. This has helped protect 
4,999m2 of critically threatened tropical forest.

In tandem with this, we will conduct work to measure 
climate risk within our business in line with the 
recommendations laid out by the Taskforce on Climate-
Related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”).

48

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Strategy in action

4

We take our 
responsibilities seriously

Safety First

In January 2021, we launched our new online health and 
safety system, Safety Hub. This resource includes training 
modules as well as divisionally-specific resources related to 
each site’s area of work. Divisional Health and Safety 
Advisors make regular support visits to review all areas of 
safety compliance and support teams in meeting practice 
standards. Site managers can complete weekly and monthly 
compliance checklists on the Hub, and Regional Directors 
can generate reports giving an overview of sites in their areas. 

The system not only makes it easier for CVS colleagues to 
ensure they are Health and Safety compliant, it also reduces 
the Group’s environmental impact by removing the need for 
paper checklists and instead utilising a user-friendly website 
or smartphone app. 

258 

Courses completed by 
managers on the new 
Safety Hub

159

‘Outstanding’ RCVS 
Practice Standards 
Scheme Awards

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

49

The Strategic ReportPrincipal risks and uncertainties

Proactively identifying and 
managing risk throughout 
the Group

Risk management structure
The Board has overall responsibility for ensuring risk is 
appropriately managed across the Group. The day-to-day 
identification, management and mitigation of risk is 
delegated to the Group’s senior management. 

Risk registers are prepared which evaluate the risks most 
likely to impact the Group. Colleagues across the business 
are involved in the preparation and regular review of these 
risk registers in order to ensure that all potential areas of risk 
are adequately identified, recorded and managed. Controls 
that are in place are assessed in order to determine the 
extent to which they mitigate risk and in circumstances 
where it is considered appropriate to reduce risk further, 
appropriate actions are determined. 

The Group’s business operations are subject to a wide range 
of risks. Some of the most significant risks are explained 
below together with details of actions that have been taken 
to mitigate these risks.

The key roles and delegated responsibilities
Executive Management team
Collectively responsible for managing risks.

Audit Committee
Assists the Board to fulfil its corporate governance duties and 
oversees responsibilities in relation to financial reporting, 
internal control and the risk management structure. 

Internal audit
Holds meetings with risk owners across the business, 
assesses the risk ratings and documents the controls in 
place to mitigate each risk, and recommends improvements 
and correction actions.

Risk appetite 
The effectiveness of the Group’s risk management approach 
relies upon a culture of transparency and openness that is 
encouraged by both the Board and senior management. The 
Group’s appetite for risk is considered low; whilst some risk is 
accepted in order to develop the business and invest in future 
growth, the Group has no appetite for major risks which 
cannot be effectively mitigated through appropriate controls.

Assessment of principal risks
During the year, the Board undertook a robust, in-depth and 
comprehensive assessment of the emerging and principal 
risks facing the Group and specifically those that might 
threaten the delivery of its strategic business model, its 
future performance, solvency or liquidity. A summary of 
the principal risks and uncertainties that could impact the 
Group’s performance is shown on pages 52 to 57. 

COVID-19 and Brexit
The Group faced unprecedented disruption to its operations 
in the previous financial year to 30 June 2020 due to the 
COVID-19 pandemic, and the Group has had to continue 
to evolve its operations to reflect ongoing COVID-19 
government and regulatory guidance in the financial year 
to 30 June 2021. The Group has also had to adapt to the 
changes arising from the UK’s exit from the European Union.

The Board continues to monitor and assess the risks and 
opportunities which may arise from further disruption 
through COVID-19 or similar pandemic and through Brexit. 
The medium and longer term impacts of COVID-19 and 
Brexit remain unclear but the Board and senior management 
continue to monitor developments and plan accordingly.

Our key focus in monitoring and managing risks from 
COVID-19 and Brexit is to ensure the safety and wellbeing 
of our colleagues and to ensure we have appropriate 
resources in place to continue to provide appropriate 
services to our customers and their animals.

COVID-19 and Brexit both have the ability to affect the 
following principle risks:

 > Key employees

 > Economic environment and consumer trends

 > Competition

 > Changes in industry regulations

 > Sourcing pharmaceutical supplies

 > Health and Safety legislation

 > Corporate legislation or regulatory requirements

 > Bank facilities

 > Future pandemic or lockdown

50

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Risk management framework

Board

Executive Committee

Internal controls

Audit 

Committee

Internal audit

Group risk management

Employees

l

a
c
i
t
i
r

C

t
n
a
c
i
f
i
n
g
S

i

e
t
a
r
e
d
o
M

r
o
n
M

i

t
c
a
p
m

I

5

7

12

1

2

3

9

11

6

8

13

10

4

Remote

Possible

Likely

Very likely

Probability

1

   Key employees

8    Sourcing and integrating 

2    Economic environment 
and consumer trends

3   Competition

4   Adverse publicity

5    Information technology

6    Changes in industry 

regulations

7     Sourcing pharmaceutical 

supplies

acquisitions

9    Health and Safety 

legislation

10    Corporate legislation or 
regulatory requirements

11   Bank facilities

12    Future pandemic 
or lockdown

13    Sustainability and 
climate change

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

51

The Strategic ReportPrincipal risks and uncertainties continued

No change to risk

Increasing risk

Reducing risk

New risk

N

1. Key employees

Mitigating factors
 > Close relationship with UK veterinary schools and market-

Changes in the year
 > We have increased the 

leading graduate induction programme.

 > Focused training programmes to cover clinical, customer 

service and management training.

 > Appropriate reward and benefits.

 > Regular feedback from colleagues to address common 
issues or concerns, including our whistleblowing policy, 
as detailed on page 64.

 > Highly qualified recruitment team.

 > Home Office reinstatement of Veterinary Surgeons on UK 

Shortage Occupation List.

Description
Failure to retain and attract 
key colleagues, particularly 
veterinary surgeons due to 
structural shortages of 
qualified vets in the industry.

Potential impact
 > Failure to be able to meet 
the increased demand 
from clients and their 
animals.

 > Increased employment 

costs leading to adverse 
impact on financial 
performance of the Group.

 > Increased pressure on our 

colleagues to cover 
vacancy gaps.

2. Economic environment and consumer trends 

Description
Risk that Brexit and the 
continuing COVID-19 
pandemic has a detrimental 
impact on the economy.

Potential impact
 > Reduction in consumer 

confidence and spending 
on veterinary services.

Mitigating factors
 > Diverse range and provision of services across the Group 
to a wide range of animals in the UK, the Netherlands and 
the Republic of Ireland. 

 > Strong year on year growth in the Healthy Pet Club 

(“HPC”), which had 450,000 members at the year end 
and the Healthy Horse Programme (“HHP”), which had 
10,000 members. This promotes loyalty to the Group.

 > Online retail business protects the Group against changes 

 > Short term restrictions 

in consumer spending habits.

 > Ability to source supplies from a number 

of manufacturers.

in resource due to 
requirement for 
self-isolation.

 > Further lockdown 

restrictions.

 > Supply disruptions.

 > Changing consumer 

trends may lead 
to a reduction in 
pet ownership.

52

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

number of vets and nurses 
employed by 10.2% and 
8.0% respectively.

 > In order to deliver growth 
and service the increased 
demand we are seeking to 
recruit more vets and nurses.

 > Attrition rates remain 

unchanged.

Link to 
strategy
Read more on 
pages 22 and 23

1

2

3

4

Changes in the year
 > We continue to respond to 
evolving government and 
regulatory guidance and 
are able to adapt our 
services accordingly (e.g. 
the use of tele-consultations 
where required).

 > Brexit import and export 
rules and regulations 
are clear.

 > According to the Pet Food 
Manufacturers Association, 
c.3.2m UK households 
bought a pet during the 
COVID-19 pandemic.

Link to 
strategy
Read more on 
pages 22 and 23

2

3

4

3. Competition

Description
Increased consolidation and 
acquisition of independent 
veterinary practices.

Potential impact
 > Loss of third-party practice 

clients to Laboratories, 
Crematoria and Referrals. 

 > Increased acquisition 

value multiples being paid.

 > Increased price 

competition may limit 
the ability to pass on 
increases in employment, 
pharmaceutical and 
other costs.

Mitigating factors
 > The Group has a wide range of services to offer its clients 

by way of its integrated veterinary platform.

Changes in the year
 > Ongoing market 
consolidation. 

 > Continuous investment to maintain high-class facilities and 
equipment in order to provide excellent clinical service.

 > Growth in revenues across 

all divisions.

 > Detailed assessment of acquisition opportunities 

measured against clear target criteria.

 > Regular reviews of pricing of products and services to 

ensure we remain competitive.

 > Continued increase 
in our HPC and HHP 
schemes to retain 
our clients.

Link to 
strategy
Read more on 
pages 22 and 23

1

2

3

4. Adverse publicity 

Description
Any adverse publicity on the 
Group, other corporate 
veterinary groups or on the 
veterinary sector as a whole.

Potential impact
 > Reduction in customer 
numbers leading to 
adverse revenue.

 > Adverse impact on our 

ability to attract and retain 
key colleagues.

Mitigating factors
 > Policies and procedures in place to monitor service 
delivery and ensure continued levels of high class 
veterinary care.

 > Participation in the RCVS Practice Standards Scheme 
and RCVS Knowledge QI Champion accreditation.

 > Established Clinical Advisory Committees to advise 
on clinical standards and drug lists across the Group.

 > Individual practice branding to reduce the risk of any 

adverse publicity being associated with other practices.

 > Group Marketing and Communications teams to respond 

swiftly to any issues.

 > Prominent representation on national bodies and at industry 

events to build the Group’s reputation and credibility.

Changes in the year
 > Financial PR agency 

appointed to support with 
media communication.

 > Continued monitoring of 
our clinical standards 
against our quality 
improvement frameworks 
for clinicians and 
practices.

Link to 
strategy
Read more on 
pages 22 and 23

1

2

3

4

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

53

The Strategic ReportPrincipal risks and uncertainties continued

No change to risk

Increasing risk

Reducing risk

New risk

N

5. Information technology

Description
The Group is dependent on 
various aspects of 
Information Technology 
(“IT”) and support for its 
operations.

Potential impact
 > A cyber-attack could result 

in loss of systems and 
potential loss of client data.

 > Loss of connectivity and 
availability of systems 
across our network.

Mitigating factors
 > Policies and procedures are in place to ensure stability 

and security of our networks and systems.

Changes in the year
 > Appointment of a Chief 
Technology Officer.

 > Restricted access to systems, networks and applications 

 > Strengthened senior IT 

wherever possible.

 > Scheduled program of network security enhancement 

with external reviews performed periodically.

 > Full system testing of any developments prior to 

live deployment.

 > Regular backups and testing of the recovery of those 

system backups.

 > Established Practice Management System in place which 
is able to work without access to the internet for short 
periods of time.

team including appointment 
of Head of Security and 
Head of IT Projects.

Link to 
strategy
Read more on 
pages 22 and 23

3

4

6. Changes in industry regulations

Mitigating factors
 > Policies and procedures in place to monitor compliance 

and any developments or proposed changes.

 > Regular engagement with regulatory and legislative 

bodies to promote best practice and lobbying for change 
where considered appropriate.

 > Clinical Directors in place to ensure high standards are 

maintained.

Changes in the year
 > Monitoring and adherence 
to temporary regulation 
changes put in place by the 
RCVS as a result of the 
COVID-19 pandemic.

Link to 
strategy
Read more on 
pages 22 and 23

1

2

3

4

Description
The industry is subject 
to a number of laws 
and regulations.

Potential impact
 > Failure to adhere to these 
could have a material 
impact on the Group 
through damage to 
reputation and/or 
financial penalties.

 > Changes in regulations 
could adversely impact 
the Group’s competitive 
advantage. 

54

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

7. Sourcing pharmaceutical supplies 

Mitigating factors
 > Supply agreements in place with multiple major 

wholesalers to cover stocking issues.

 > Supply of own-brand products in Group warehouses 

for onwards supply.

 > Regular pricing reviews with all major suppliers across all 

divisions for best possible pricing.

Description
Failure to source 
pharmaceutical products 
at the required price 
and quantity.

Potential impact
 > Inability to treat patients 

with the required 
prescription and non-
prescription medicines.

 > Adverse revenue impact.

 > Adverse impact on 

margins through having to 
source alternative supplies 
on less favourable terms.

Changes in the year
 > Monitoring the availability 
of any drugs sourced from 
outside the UK due to Brexit 
and the ongoing COVID-19 
pandemic.

 > Increased stock levels in 
Group warehousing to 
reduce the potential impact 
of any supply disruption.

 > New warehousing system.

 > New direct supply 

agreement with major 
manufacturer.

Link to 
strategy
Read more on 
pages 22 and 23

1

4

8. Sourcing and integrating acquisitions

Description
Failure to attract and acquire 
acquisitions at the 
appropriate price.

Potential impact
 > Pressure that higher 

multiples reduces growth 
opportunities through 
acquisitions.

Mitigating factors
 > Dedicated team committed to sourcing acquisitions.

Changes in the year
 > Strengthened acquisitions 

 > Clear list of criteria used to assess any potential 

acquisition targets.

 > Multi-disciplined team communications in advance of 

acquisition to plan the integration.

team.

Link to 
strategy
Read more on 
pages 22 and 23

 > Use of professional advisers to ensure appropriate due 

3

diligence and legal advice is undertaken.

 > Failure to integrate 

 > Close monitoring of post-acquisition performance versus 

efficiently impacting 
actual performance versus 
business case.

business plan.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021 55

The Strategic ReportPrincipal risks and uncertainties continued

No change to risk

Increasing risk

Reducing risk

New risk

N

9. Health and Safety legislation

Description
Failure to comply with health 
and safety legislation across 
our practices, laboratories, 
crematoria, warehouse and 
other sites. 

Potential impact
 > Colleagues, clients or the 
general public are injured.

 > Required temporary 

closure of sites whilst any 
issues are addressed.

 > Loss of revenue and 

potential claims against 
the Group.

Mitigating factors
 > Robust health and safety procedures are in place ensuring 

Changes in the year
 > Ongoing provision of 

full compliance with health and safety legislation.

 > Mandatory employee training to ensure they can perform 

their duties safely.

 > Appropriate protective equipment supplied to all employees 

in order for them to perform their duties safely. 

 > Specialist Health and Safety team which regularly reviews 

COVID-19 guidance in light 
of evolving guidelines.

 > COVID-19 test kits 

provided to colleagues.

 > COVID-19 secure risk 

assessments at all sites.

any risks and identifies areas for improvement.

 > Enhanced PPE supplied 

 > Participation in the RCVS Practice Standards Scheme 
to ensure the Group promotes the highest levels of 
clinical standards.

 > Specialist and appropriately qualified third-party advisers 

undertake maintenance, inspections and property 
development.

to protect colleagues and 
clients against COVID-19 
and other risks.

 > New guidance and training 

supplied to colleagues.

Link to 
strategy
Read more on 
pages 22 and 23

1

3

4

. 10.  Corporate legislation and regulatory requirements

Description
Failure to comply with laws 
and regulations.

areas required.

Mitigating factors
 > Appropriate training supplied to colleagues in the relevant 

Changes in the year
 > Regular reviews of legal 

and regulatory 
developments across all 
countries in which the 
Group operates. 

Link to 
strategy
Read more on 
pages 22 and 23

4

Potential impact
 > The Group could face 

 > Suitable experts employed to ensure compliance 
and to regularly update policies and procedures.

fines and penalties leading 
to financial loss.

 > The Group could face 
suspension of certain 
operations.

 > Appropriate insurance cover and third-party professional 

advice used as required.

56

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

10.  Corporate legislation and regulatory requirements

Description

Mitigating factors

Changes in the year

Failure to comply with laws 

 > Appropriate training supplied to colleagues in the relevant 

 > Regular reviews of legal 

and regulations.

areas required.

Potential impact

 > Suitable experts employed to ensure compliance 

 > The Group could face 

and to regularly update policies and procedures.

 > Appropriate insurance cover and third-party professional 

advice used as required.

fines and penalties leading 

to financial loss.

 > The Group could face 

suspension of certain 

operations.

and regulatory 

developments across all 

countries in which the 

Group operates. 

Link to 

strategy

Read more on 

pages 22 and 23

4

11.  Bank facilities

Description
Failure to comply with bank 
covenants and ability to 
secure future funding.

Potential impact
 > Lack of availability 

of funding.

 > Increased borrowing 

costs.

Mitigating factors
 > The Group maintains suitable facilities from a syndicate 

of leading banks with an appropriate term.

 > Existing facilities comprise term debt, revolving credit 

facility and an overdraft.

 > Regular reporting of headroom and compliance 

to the Board and Executive Committee.

 > Regular meetings with bank syndicate members to 

appraise performance.

 > Daily cash flow forecasts prepared and reviewed for a 
rolling three-month period to enable working capital 
requirements to be understood and to optimise bank 
drawings and interest costs.

Changes in the year
 > The Group is cash 
generative and has 
continued to reduce net 
debt and leverage, thereby 
increasing the headroom 
under the financial 
covenants.

Link to 
strategy
Read more on 
pages 22 and 23

1

2

3

4

12. Future pandemic or lockdown

Description
Future uncertainty over 
COVID-19 or other pandemic 
and associated lockdowns.

Potential impact
 > Future lockdowns affect 
our ability to service our 
clients if non-emergency 
services are unable to be 
undertaken.

Mitigating factors
 > Working closely with the RCVS and BVA to review 

evolving guidance.

 > Multiple, geographically-spread locations across the UK, 
Netherlands and Republic of Ireland protect the Group 
from any localised lockdowns.

 > The Group operates across a diverse number of operations 
with an online retail business and provides veterinary care 
across companion, equine and farm animal species.

 > The farm animal division is protected due to it being 

critical to the human food chain.

Changes in the year
 > Continued adherence 
to government and 
regulatory advice across 
all operating territories.

Link to 
strategy
Read more on 
pages 22 and 23

1

2

3

4

13. Sustainability and climate change

Mitigating factors
 > Sustainability and ESG is discussed as a standing agenda 

item in Board meetings.

 > ESG working group formed which is chaired by the CEO.

Changes in the year
 > Increased focus on ESG 
and additional detail 
included in Annual Report.

 > Appointment of ESG advisers to help assess our risks and 

to develop our Sustainability and ESG focus.

Link to 
strategy
Read more on 
pages 22 and 23

1

2

3

4

N

Description
The Group’s continued 
success depends on the 
social and environmental 
sustainability of its operations.

Potential impact
 > Disruptions to our supply 
chain leading to stock 
shortage and financial loss.

 > Adverse weather leading 
to a decline in our client 
demand.

 > Changes in regulations 
increasing the cost of 
our operations.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

57

The Strategic ReportBoard of Directors and Company Secretary

Our experienced Board with 
diverse skills and expertise

A

R

N

A

R

N

A

R

N

Richard Connell (66) 
Non-Executive Chairman

Mike McCollum (54) 
Non-Executive Director

Deborah Kemp (60) 
Non-Executive Director

Richard Gray (64)
Non-Executive Director

Appointment to the Board
Richard was appointed to the 
Board in September 2007.

Appointment to the Board
Mike was appointed 
to the Board in April 2013.

Appointment to the Board
Deborah was appointed 
to the Board in January 2018.

Appointment to the Board
Richard was appointed 
to the Board in July 2020.

Career and experience
Richard is a Chartered 
Accountant and worked in 
investment management with 
3i Group, Invesco and HSBC. 
Previously he was Chair of 
Dignity plc, Mercury Pharma 
and Ideal Stelrad Group. 

Career and experience
Mike was Chief Executive 
Officer of Dignity plc, a 
FTSE-listed provider of funeral 
services, until 3 April 2020. 
Like CVS, this is a multi-site, 
acquisitive service business. 
As Finance Director he was 
a prime mover in the 2002 
leveraged buyout, the 
whole-business securitisation 
in 2003 and the IPO in 2004. 
He became Chief Executive 
Officer in 2009. Mike is a 
solicitor and holds an MBA 
from the University of Warwick. 

Committee membership
Richard was a member of 
all three Board Committees 
until 30 April 2021. Richard 
is no longer a member of 
the Audit, Remuneration 
or Nomination Committees. 

Committee membership
Mike is Chair of the Audit 
Committee. He is a member of all 
three Board Committees and is 
the Senior Independent Director.

58 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Career and experience
Deborah has held a variety of 
Chief Executive Officer roles in 
the consumer and hospitality 
sector, including as a FTSE 100 
main board Director at Punch 
Taverns plc. Her career started 
at Bass plc as a Chartered 
Surveyor, subsequently holding 
key strategic roles in the 
evolution and growth of the 
Punch Taverns pub company. 
Following a period in private 
equity and a trade sale of 
Laurel Funerals, she is now 
a Director of Vennco Limited 
and a consultancy and interim 
specialist in the consumer-
facing retail and hospitality 
sector, and assists multi-site 
businesses through growth, 
change and transformation.

Committee membership
Deborah is Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee. 
She is a member of all three 
Board Committees and is the 
dedicated Non-Executive Director 
for employee engagement.

Career and experience
Richard is an investment banker 
who has extensive capital 
markets and corporate finance 
experience. He is a Director of 
Zeus Capital and has previously 
worked with Panmure Gordon, 
Lazard, Charterhouse and UBS. 
He is a Non-Executive Director 
of BMO Private Equity Trust plc 
and holds a number of private 
company appointments 
including Non-Executive Director 
of Alpha Real Capital and Vice 
Chair of Invescore Group. 

Committee membership
Richard is Chair of the 
Nomination Committee, 
and is a member of all three 
Board Committees.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Committee membership

A

R

Audit Committee

N

Nomination Committee

Remuneration Committee

Chair of Committee

Richard Fairman (54) 
Chief Executive Officer

Ben Jacklin (37)
Chief Operating Officer

Robin Alfonso (42)
Chief Financial Officer

Jenny Farrer (44)
Company Secretary

Appointment to the Board
Richard was appointed as a 
Director in August 2018 and was 
appointed as Chief Financial 
Officer in October 2018, and 
then as Chief Executive Officer 
in November 2019. 

Career and experience
Richard spent six and a half years 
at the RAC Group, including as 
Chief Financial Officer from 2016. 
Prior to this, Richard qualified 
as a Chartered Accountant at 
EY, later working at PwC, 
following which Richard held 
roles including Finance Director 
of Virgin Money, CFO of Central 
Trust and Finance Director of 
Virgin Money Giving.

Appointment to the Board
Ben was appointed as a Director 
and Chief Operating Officer 
in November 2019. 

Appointment to the Board
Robin was appointed as 
a Director and Chief Financial 
Officer in November 2019. 

Appointment to the Board
Jenny was appointed as 
Company Secretary in 
August 2021. 

Career and experience
Ben is responsible for the 
leadership and management of 
our business operations, across 
all our territories. These include 
all our Veterinary Practices and 
our Laboratories, Crematoria, 
Marketing and Communication 
departments. Ben joined CVS in 
2015 and, prior to his 
appointment to the Board in 
2019, led the Veterinary 
Practices division across the 
CVS territories. Ben qualified as 
a Veterinary Surgeon from 
Cambridge University, and is a 
European College of Veterinary 
Surgeons and Royal College of 
Veterinary Surgeons recognised 
specialist in equine surgery.

Career and experience
Robin spent eight years at the 
RAC Group, initially as Group 
Financial Controller and then as 
Divisional Finance Director of its 
largest commercial division and 
profit centre, Consumer 
Roadside and Marketing. Prior 
to this, Robin qualified as a 
Chartered Accountant at PwC, 
following which he moved to 
Aviva, where he performed a 
technical accounting role.

Career and experience
Jenny is a fellow of the 
Chartered Governance Institute 
with fifteen years’ experience 
of acting as Company Secretary 
to listed and large private 
companies through in-house 
and professional practice roles. 
Jenny is a Chartered Secretary 
and has also spent over seven 
years in professional practice 
establishing and heading the 
Company Secretarial Practice 
at Mills & Reeve LLP. Jenny 
established the East of England 
Branch of the Chartered 
Governance Institute in 2008 
and still takes an active role on 
its committee.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

59

Corporate Governance 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance statement

Effective management 
across the business

Principles of corporate governance
The purpose of this report is to provide our shareholders 
and other stakeholders with information on how the 
Company is managed, the roles of the Directors and the 
Committees and to set out the Company’s compliance with 
the FRC UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 (“the Code”). 
The report also sets out the Group’s internal management 
controls while risk management details are available on 
pages 50 to 57.

This Annual Report and Financial Statements should, overall, 
provide information that enables shareholders to assess how 
the Directors have performed their duties under Section 
172(1) of the Companies Act 2006 to promote the success 
of the Company for the benefit of its members as a whole. 
Our Section 172(1) Statement can be found on page 18.

Compliance statements
During the year to 30 June 2021, the Company has complied 
with the principles set out in the Code. The following paragraphs 
consist of compliance statements.

The purpose of the Company is to give the best possible 
care to animals and the Company’s vision is to be the 
veterinary company people most want to work for. The 
Board has consulted with employees over this objective and 
it is firmly believed that where this is achieved, the Company 
will best meet its responsibilities to stakeholders.

Effective corporate governance 
is key to delivering the Group’s 
strategy and ensuring the 
long-term success of the Group.”
Jenny Farrer 
Company Secretary

Board and Company Secretary 
gender diversity

Board and Company Secretary 
ethnic diversity

  Male 

  Female 

6

2

75+

60 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

  White 

  Ethnic minority 

7

1

88+

+
25
+
+
R
+
12
+
+
R
Board committees

Audit Committee
Key responsibilities:

 > reviewing and monitoring financial reporting; 

 > internal control and risk management; 

 > whistleblowing procedures; and 

 > monitoring internal and external audit arrangements 

(including auditor independence). 

Nomination Committee
Key responsibilities:

 > making recommendations on all Board appointments 

and succession planning; 

At 30 June 2021 the Board of Directors consisted of seven 
members, including a Non-Executive Chairman, and three 
independent Non-Executive Directors. The Board presents 
a wide range of experience including customer-facing 
multi-site companies, mergers and acquisitions, financial, 
operational and organisational, and no one individual 
or small group of individuals dominates the Board’s 
decision-making process.

The Company achieves shareholder returns through growth, 
both organically from its integrated business model and 
through the acquisition of synergistic business.

The business of the Company and its subsidiaries is the 
combined responsibility of the Board, which is responsible 
for controlling and leading the Group. The Board’s 
responsibilities include:

 > monitoring and reviewing the Board composition; and

 > setting the strategy of the Group and making major 

 > undertaking an annual evaluation of the effectiveness 

of the Board and its Committees.

Remuneration Committee
Key responsibilities:

 > assisting the Board in ensuring appropriate 

remuneration policies are in place for the Group; 

 > ensuring Executive Director remuneration is aligned 

to the strategic priorities of the Group and its 
performance; and 

 > making recommendations regarding long-term 

incentive plan terms and conditions, and awards. 

Executive Committee 
and Company Secretary

  Male 

  Female 

6

3

67+

strategic decisions;

 > approving other significant operational matters;

 > agreeing annual budgets and monitoring results;

 > monitoring funding requirements and forecasting;

 > reviewing the risk profile of the Group and ensuring 

adequate internal controls are in place;

 > approving acquisitions of more than £1.0m and all 

major capital expenditure; and

 > proposing dividends to shareholders.

All Directors are able to take independent professional 
advice on the furtherance of their duties if necessary. 
They also have access to the advice and services of the 
Company Secretary and, where it is considered appropriate 
and necessary, training is made available to Directors. All 
Directors receive updates on the duties and responsibilities 
of being a Director of an AIM-quoted company. This covers 
legal, accounting and tax matters, as required. The Company 
maintains appropriate insurance cover in respect of any 
legal action against its Directors. The level of cover is 
currently £50.0m for any one claim.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

61

Corporate Governance+
33
+
+
R
Corporate governance statement continued

Board committees continued
The Board identified Mike McCollum as the Senior 
Independent Director during the past financial year and he 
has been available to the other Directors and shareholders 
to discuss any matters relating to the Chairman. Following 
Mike McCollum’s pending departure on 23 September 2021, 
the Board will identify Deborah Kemp as the Senior 
Independent Director. 

The Non-Executive Directors confirm that they have 
sufficient time to devote to meet their Board responsibilities. 
In addition to the 11 scheduled Board Meetings and other 
Committee Meetings, the Non-Executive Directors make 
themselves available for ad-hoc meetings and Board calls 
to receive regular updates and to deal with specific projects 
or matters arising during the year.

The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors meet from time 
to time as appropriate without the Executive Directors present.

When conditions allow, the Non-Executive Directors also 
spend time visiting the Group’s operations in order to meet 
with colleagues and to develop their understanding of the 
business operations, and are invited to attend the annual 
conference. Deborah Kemp is the dedicated Non-Executive 
Director for employee engagement and she consults 
with colleagues throughout the year on how the Board’s 
decisions affect them.

This additional exposure to the Group’s operations provides 
the Non-Executive Directors with invaluable experience 
enabling them to provide effective and constructive 
challenge and strategic guidance, to offer specialist advice, 
and to hold management to account.

Board

Audit 
Committee

Remuneration
Committee

Nomination
Committee

Number 
of meetings

R Connell
M McCollum

D Kemp
R Gray **
R Fairman
R Alfonso
B Jacklin

13

13
13

13
12
13
13
13

2

2
2

2
2
2*
2*
2*

8

8
8

8
8
6*
3*
3*

5

5
5

5
4
3*
3*
3*

* 

In attendance by invitation of the respective Committee.

**   Richard Gray was appointed to the Board on 21 July 2020 and has 

attended all Board meetings since this date.

The Audit Committee
During the year under review the Committee Chair was 
Mike McCollum. Mike became Chair of the Committee in 
July 2020 having worked previously as the CFO for a FTSE 
250 business. All Non-Executive Directors were members 
of the Committee until 30 April 2021 when the Chairman 
stood down. 

The Board considers that members of the Audit Committee 
have recent and relevant financial expertise, and that the 

62 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Committee as a whole has competence relevant to the 
sector in which the Company operates.

The Audit Committee’s duties primarily concern financial 
reporting, internal control and risk management systems, 
whistleblowing procedures and internal audit and external 
audit arrangements (including auditor independence).

The Audit Committee report can be found on pages 65 
and 66.

Following Mike McCollum’s pending departure on 
23 September 2021, and upon David Wilton’s appointment 
as a Non-Executive Director on 24 September 2021, David 
will become the new Chair of the Audit Committee. David 
is a Chartered Accountant and has a wealth of experience 
in senior finance roles including in listed companies. 

The Nomination Committee
During the year under review the Chair of the Nomination 
Committee was Richard Gray, following his appointment 
as a Non-Executive Director in July 2020. The meeting at 
which he was appointed was chaired by Deborah Kemp. 
All Non-Executive Directors were members of the Committee 
until 30 April 2021 when the Chairman stood down.

The Nomination Committee is responsible for reviewing 
the structure, size and composition, including skills, 
independence, knowledge and experience, of the Board. 
It is also responsible for the co-ordination of the annual 
evaluation of the performance of the Board and of its 
Committees, and for ensuring appropriate succession plans 
are in place. Given the size of the Group and the Company’s 
AIM listing, the Board does not believe external evaluation 
of the Board to be appropriate. All Directors engage in the 
internal evaluation and appropriate action is taken in light 
of the assessment.

The Committee is responsible for making recommendations 
to the Board on all Board appointments and on the succession 
plans for both Executive Directors and Non-Executive Directors.

The Nomination Committee report can be found on pages 
67 and 68.

Following Mike McCollum’s decision to stand down as a 
Non-Executive Director at the end of his current service 
agreement on 23 September 2021, the Committee has 
overseen the selection of Mike’s successor which has led 
to the proposed appointment of David Wilton with effect 
from 24 September 2021.

The Remuneration Committee
During the year under review the Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee was Deborah Kemp. Deborah became Chair of 
the Committee in July 2020. All Non-Executive Directors 
were members of the Committee until 30 April 2021 when 
the Chairman stood down.

The Remuneration Committee has delegated responsibility 
for designing and determining remuneration for the 
Chairman, Executive Directors and next level of senior 
management, as well as the Company Secretary.

The Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), the Chief Financial 
Officer (“CFO”) and the Chief Operating Officer (“COO”) 
are invited to attend meetings as appropriate but do not 
participate in discussions relating to their own remuneration. 
The Chairman will also be invited to attend meetings as 
appropriate, following standing down from the committee 
from 30 April 2021.

The Remuneration Committee report can be found on 
pages 69 to 77.

The Company Secretary
The Company Secretary is responsible for ensuring that 
Board procedures are complied with, advising the Board 
on all governance matters, supporting the Chairman and 
helping the Board and its Committees to function efficiently.

Jenny Farrer was appointed Company Secretary with effect 
from 16 August 2021.

Annual General Meeting 2020 – voting results
In the 2020 Result of AGM announcement, the Board of CVS 
noted that all the resolutions had been passed with the 
requisite majority, but that the resolution to reappoint 
Richard Connell as Chairman received 75.1% support and 
the resolution to approve the Remuneration Committee 
report received 78.5% support. Whilst a clear majority of 
shareholders were supportive, in accordance with Provision 
4 of the UK Corporate Governance Code the Board of CVS 
has consulted with major shareholders in order to better 
understand their views on these matters. In accordance with 
the Code, the Company published a market announcement 
regarding the shareholder consultation on 13 May 2021 via 
RNS and on the Investor Centre area of our website.

During the course of the year the Board of Directors have 
continued to actively engage with shareholders and to 
discuss and consider their feedback. 

Over the past two years, the following changes have been 
made to remuneration policies and committee composition:

 > Introduction of malus and clawback for annual bonuses 

and LTIPs.

 > Remuneration Committee discretion to override formulaic 

outcomes introduced for bonuses and LTIPs.

 > LTIP scheme performance conditions amended so 

as to closely align with shareholder returns with 50% 
of the performance condition now based on total 
shareholder return.

 > Target shareholding thresholds introduced of 100% 

of salary for the CEO, COO and CFO.

 > Two year holding period introduced for new LTIP awards 

for the CEO, COO and CFO.

 > Board Committees were restructured to ensure that all are 

chaired by independent Non-Executive Directors.

Independence
Richard Connell has held the position of Chairman of the 
Board since September 2007 and therefore has served on the 
Board for more than nine years, which is an example in the 
Code of a circumstance in which a Non-Executive Director’s 
independence is likely to be, or could appear to be impaired. 
The Board of Directors believe that Richard’s knowledge of 
the veterinary sector and experience of private equity and 
corporate transactions has been invaluable in steering the 
Company through the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. He has 
also personally overseen a major restructuring of the Board 
over the past three years, appointing Richard Fairman as 
CEO, Ben Jacklin as COO and Robin Alfonso as CFO, as well 
as strengthening the Board through the appointment of 
Richard Gray as an additional Non-Executive Director. 
These changes have delivered improved performance 
and a substantial increase in shareholder value in the past 
twelve months. Mike McCollum, Deborah Kemp and Richard 
Gray are considered to be independent by the Board and, 
following the shareholder consultation after the 2020 AGM, 
Richard Connell stood down from all Committees.

Save for Mike McCollum, all Directors will offer themselves 
for re-election at the 2021 AGM of the Company.

Relations with shareholders
Copies of the Annual Report and Financial Statements are 
issued to all shareholders where requested and copies are 
available on the Group’s website (www.cvsukltd.co.uk). 
The Group also uses its website to provide information to 
shareholders and other interested parties. The Company 
Secretary deals with correspondence as and when it arises 
throughout the year.

Due to the challenges around physical meetings in 2020, 
the last AGM of the Company was held as a closed meeting 
in accordance with the Corporate Insolvency and Governance 
Act (“CIGA”) 2020 and guidance issued by the Chartered 
Governance Institute. The Executive and Non-Executive 
Directors and the Company Secretary frequently engaged 
with shareholders during the course of the year. The Company 
will announce its plans for this year’s AGM shortly in light of 
latest COVID-19 government guidance. Full details of the 
2021 AGM meeting arrangements and notice will be made 
available on our website.

The CEO, COO and CFO have regular meetings with 
institutional investors, private client brokers, individual 
shareholders, fund managers and analysts to discuss 
information made public by the Group.

The Chairman and the Non-Executive Directors are 
always available to shareholders on all matters relating to 
governance and strategy. They may be contacted through 
the Company Secretary at company.secretary@cvsvets.com.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

63

Corporate GovernanceCorporate governance statement continued

Whistleblowing
The Group’s whistleblowing policy is reviewed by the Board 
annually. The policy sets out the procedures for employees 
or third parties to raise concerns about any suspected 
wrongdoing. Employees also have access to a wide range 
of alternative and informal routes through which to raise 
concerns. This reflects the open culture and strong internal 
communication channels of the Group, in line with our 
strategy, and supports the formal whistleblowing policy we 
have in place. The Board receives a whistleblowing report 
at each Board meeting and will receive more detailed reports 
of any investigations that may take place. There were no 
issues reported to the Board under the whistleblowing 
policy during the year.

Audit, risk and internal control
The Board is ultimately responsible for the Group’s system 
of internal control and for reviewing its effectiveness on an 
ongoing basis.

The system is designed to manage rather than eliminate 
the risk of failure to achieve the Group’s strategic objectives, 
and can only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance 
against material misstatement or loss.

The key risk management processes and internal control 
procedures include the following:

 > the close involvement of the Executive Directors in all 

aspects of the day-to-day operations, including regular 
meetings with senior colleagues from across the Group 
and a review of the monthly operational reports compiled 
by senior management;

 > clearly defined responsibilities and limits of authority. 

The Board has responsibility for strategy and has adopted 
a schedule of matters which are required to be brought to 
it for decision;

 > a comprehensive system of financial reporting, forecasting 
and budgeting. Detailed budgets are prepared annually 
for all parts of the business. Reviews occur through the 
management structure culminating in a Group budget 
which is considered and approved by the Board. Group 
management accounts are prepared monthly and 
submitted to the Board for review. Variances from the 
budget and the prior year are closely monitored and 
explanations are provided for significant variances. 
Independent of the budget process, the Board regularly 
reviews revised profit, cash flow and bank covenant 
compliance forecasts which are updated to reflect actual 
performance trends;

 > an independent internal audit function that reports to 

the Chair of the Audit Committee;

 > a central team that checks clinical and health and safety 

compliance in all parts of the Group; and

 > the Company’s Scheme of Delegation of Financial Authority.

The Board is committed to maintaining high standards of 
business conduct and ethics, and has an ongoing process 
for identifying, evaluating and managing any significant risks 
in this regard.

The internal control procedures are delegated to the 
Executive Directors and senior management and are 
reviewed in light of the ongoing assessment of the Group’s 
significant risks.

Internal audit
The Internal Audit team has implemented and refined the 
audit process focusing on financial and related procedure 
risks primarily across the Veterinary Practices division. 
Performance of the Internal Audit function will continue 
to be reviewed during the current financial year to ensure 
it remains appropriate.

Remuneration
The Board considers that policies on executive remuneration 
should be transparent. They should be implemented in a 
manner which supports strategy and promotes long-term 
sustainable growth. In addition, remuneration should reflect 
both the performance of the Company as well as individuals. 
The Board has delegated to the Remuneration Committee 
responsibility for complying with these aspects of the Code 
and the work of the Committee is reported in full on pages 
69 to 77 of this Annual Report.

Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting of the Company will take 
place on 24 November 2021. Full details of resolutions to be 
proposed to our shareholders will be set out in the Notice of 
AGM will which will be made available in the Investor Centre 
on our website.

Outcomes of the resolutions put to the AGM, including poll 
results detailing votes for, against and withheld, will be 
published on the website of the Company and the London 
Stock Exchange once the AGM has concluded.

By order of the Board

 > a continuous process for identifying, evaluating and 

managing significant risks across the Group together with 
a comprehensive annual review of risks which covers both 
financial and non-financial areas;

Jenny Farrer
Company Secretary
23 September 2021

64 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Audit Committee report

Ensuring accountability 
and transparency

Mike McCollum
Audit Committee Chair
Key responsibilities:
 > reviewing and monitoring financial reporting;

 > internal control and risk management;

 > whistleblowing procedures; and

 > monitoring internal and external audit arrangements 

(including auditor independence).

Committee composition 
during the year to 30 June 2021

Attendance

Richard Connell*

Mike McCollum

Deborah Kemp

Richard Gray

2

2

2

2

* 

 Richard Connell was a member of the Committee until 30 April 2021 
when he stepped down from all Board Committees. Whilst Richard 
Connell is no longer a member of the Committee, Richard may 
attend future committee meetings along with the Executive 
Directors at the invitation of, and where this is considered 
appropriate by, the Committee Chair. 

Responsibilities and terms of reference
The Committee is responsible for ensuring that the financial 
performance of the Group is properly monitored and reported, 
for meeting with the external auditor and for reviewing its 
reports relating to financial statements and internal control 
matters. During the year under review the Committee Chair 
was Mike McCollum, who became Chair of the Committee 
in July 2020. All Non-Executive Directors are members of 
the Committee, apart from the Chairman, Richard Connell, 
who stood down from the Committee on 30 April 2021. 
The Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), the Chief Operating 
Officer (“COO”) and the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) are 
invited to attend such meetings, but the Committee also 
meets with the auditor without the CEO, COO and CFO 
being present at least once annually. Other members of 
management are invited to present such reports as are 
required for the Committee to discharge its duties.

The agenda of each meeting is linked to the reporting 
requirements of the Group and the Group’s financial 
calendar. Each Audit Committee member has the right 
to require reports on matters relevant to its terms of 
reference in addition to the regular items.

Summary of activity
In the year ended 30 June 2021 and up to the date of this 
report the actions taken by the Audit Committee to discharge 
its duties included:

 > reviewing the Annual Report and Financial Statements and 
the Interim Report, including significant financial reporting 
judgements contained therein. As part of these reviews 
the Committee received a report from the external auditor 
on its audit of the annual financial statements;

 > advising the Board that the Annual Report and Financial 
Statements is fair, balanced and understandable, and 
provides the information necessary for shareholders to 
assess the Company’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy;

 > reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s internal controls 
and reports received from the Group’s internal audit function 
in respect of its programme of internal audit reviews;

 > reviewing the Group’s risk management framework;

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

65

Corporate GovernanceAudit Committee report continued

Summary of activity continued
 > reviewing the external auditor’s audit planning document, 
with particular reference to the audit approach, planned 
materiality, significant risks as detailed in the Independent 
Auditor’s Report and the audit approach to these risks;

 > reviewing the external auditor’s audit findings memorandum, 

noting conclusions in respect of identified audit risks, 
materiality of adjusted and unadjusted misstatements, 
control observations and suggested improvements in 
the disclosure provided in the Annual Report and 
Financial Statements;

 > considering papers prepared by the CFO to support the 

going concern basis of preparation;

 > agreeing the fees to be paid to the external auditor for its 

audit of the 2021 financial statements; and

 > reviewing the performance and independence of the 

external auditor.

Significant financial reporting risks and 
judgement areas considered
Revenue recognition
During the year, we have reviewed the appropriateness 
of the revenue recognised according to the cost profile of 
delivering the performance obligations for our Healthy Pet 
Club scheme.

Management override
During the year, we have reviewed the appropriateness of 
controls around management override of controls, ensuring 
the controls in place are robust and, where appropriate, 
recommending areas for improvements. 

Research and Development Expenditure Tax Credit 
(“RDEC”) income
During the year, we have reviewed the appropriateness of 
the income recognised in relation to RDEC, along with the 
associated accounting estimates and judgements. 

In respect of the above significant financial reporting risks and 
judgement areas, we concluded that the Group’s accounting 
treatment and/or controls in place were appropriate.

Going concern and viability assessment
In considering going concern and viability overall, the 
Committee reviewed the Group’s forecasts with particular 
focus on the key assumptions in relation to revenue, gross 
margin and cash flow management. Sensitivities to these 
key assumptions were also reviewed based on the impact 
of the Group’s key risks, as set out on pages 50 to 57. 

Following a review of the detailed considerations set out 
above by the Committee and Executive Committee, the 
Committee is satisfied that it is appropriate for the Group  
to continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing 
the Annual Report and Accounts of the Group and, further, 
that the going concern longer-term viability statement on 
page 79 is appropriate.

External auditor
The external auditor was appointed with effect from the 
year ended 30 June 2017 giving a current tenure of five 
years. A tender process was carried out prior to this change. 
From the year ending 30 June 2022, in line with guidance 
from the Auditing Standards Board, there will be an audit 
partner rotation and a new audit engagement partner. The 
appointment is reviewed and subject to a shareholder vote 
at the AGM on an annual basis. Details of the fees paid to 
Deloitte during the financial year are set out in note 6 to the 
financial statements.

The Audit Committee has primary responsibility for the 
supervision of the relationship with the external auditor, 
including overseeing their qualification, independence, 
expertise, performance and effectiveness, and the terms 
of its engagement and remuneration. The Committee is also 
responsible for ensuring the quality and efficiency of the 
external audit enabling the Committee to formally evaluate 
the effectiveness and quality of the auditor’s output, which 
it does annually. After reviewing the external auditor’s 
performance during the year, the Committee has concluded 
that it is satisfied with the effectiveness of the audit and the 
audit process, and that Deloitte remains effective in its role 
as external auditor. The Committee has therefore recommended 
to the Board that Deloitte be reappointed for a further year 
and a resolution to this effect will be proposed at the AGM.

Approval
The members of the Audit Committee have reviewed the 
financial statements and the content of the draft Annual 
Report and Financial Statements to ensure that it is fair, 
balanced and understandable and, accordingly, the Audit 
Committee resolved to recommend that the Board makes 
the Directors’ Responsibilities statement set out on pages 
80 and 81.

Mike McCollum
Audit Committee Chair
23 September 2021

66 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Nomination Committee report

Securing the right expertise 
and knowledge

Richard Gray
Nomination Committee Chair
Key responsibilities:
 > making recommendations on all Board appointments 

and succession planning;

 > monitoring and reviewing the Board composition; and

 > undertaking an annual evaluation of the effectiveness 

of the Board and its Committees.

The Committee is comprised of the three independent 
Non-Executive Directors. The primary purpose of the 
Committee is to lead the process for Board appointments 
and to make recommendations to the Board to achieve 
the optimal composition of the Board having regard to:

 > its size and composition;

 > ensuring that it consists of individuals who are best 
able to discharge the responsibilities of Directors;

 > potential conflicts of interest;

 > the extent to which the required skills, experience 

or attributes are represented; and

 > the need to maintain the highest standards of 

corporate governance.

The Board recognises the importance of having a diverse 
Board and workforce and encourages reviewing ways of 
working to ensure candidates from all backgrounds can 
apply. Each appointment of a Board member or senior 
executive is made on merit and the best candidate will be 
appointed. The Board recognises that further steps can 
be taken to improve the diversity of the Group at all levels 
and across all business streams, and continues to work 
towards this aim.

Committee composition 
during the year to 30 June 2021

Attendance

Richard Gray*

Mike McCollum

Deborah Kemp

Richard Connell**

4

5

5

5

* 

 Richard Gray has chaired all Nomination Committee meetings from 
his appointment in July 2020. Deborah Kemp chaired the Nomination 
Committee meeting in which Richard Gray was appointed.

**   Richard Connell was a member of the Committee until 30 April 2021 
when he stepped down from all Board Committees. Whilst Richard 
Connell is no longer a member of the Committee, Richard may 
attend future Committee meetings along with the Executive 
Directors at the invitation of, and where this is considered 
appropriate by, the Committee Chair. 

Board appointments and resignations
Richard Gray was appointed a Non-Executive Director 
on 16 July 2020, following an appropriate recruitment and 
selection process, and replaced Deborah Kemp as Chair 
of the Nomination Committee on 21 July 2020.

Following the decision by Mike McCollum to step down on 
23 September 2021, the Committee oversaw the selection 
of David Wilton, who will be appointed to the Board on 
24 September 2021. David was appointed using an external 
search consultancy, Chief Officers Group.

Board evaluation and effectiveness
The Nomination Committee scrutinises the performance 
of the Executive Directors, taking into account the performance 
of the business against agreed plans. The Nomination 
Committee also considers the other commitments of Directors 
and is satisfied that all Directors devote appropriate time to 
the Company’s affairs. 

Over the past 18 months, the Board has effectively steered 
the business through a period of unprecedented disruption 
caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. This stewardship 
involved more regular Board meetings and updates, the 
preparation and review of regular analysis of trading and 
reforecasts of future performance, and resulted in 
appropriate measures being implemented in order to 
protect the Group’s colleagues and clients whilst ensuring 
the Group was able to continue to provide access to clinical 
care to its clients and their patients. 

The varied experience of all Directors was invaluable in 
enabling CVS to respond appropriately to these challenges 
and to emerge from the pandemic with a strengthened 
balance sheet such that the Group is well positioned to 
capitalise on future growth opportunities. 

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

67

Corporate GovernanceNomination Committee report continued

Board evaluation and effectiveness continued
The Committee oversaw a review of Board effectiveness 
in December 2020 and was satisfied that the Board remains 
effective and has the right balance of skills and experience 
to provide continued effective stewardship of the Group. 

Committee terms of reference
The Committee approved revised terms of reference in 
the year for each Committee of the Board. The new terms 
of reference for each Committee reflected best practice 
under the UK Corporate Governance Code and the 
Committee was advised by DLA Piper UK LLP in the 
drafting and execution of these new terms of reference.

Executive Director service agreements
New service agreements were entered into with the 
Executive Directors during the year, again in order to reflect 
best practice under the UK Corporate Governance Code 
and reflecting advice from DLA Piper UK LLP in the 
development and execution of these new agreements.

Succession planning
The Committee is responsible for ensuring that plans 
are in place for orderly succession to Board and executive 
positions, and to oversee the development of a diverse 
pipeline for succession, taking into account the challenges 
and opportunities facing the Group and the skills and 
expertise needed on the Board in the future.

The Committee is also responsible for keeping under 
review the leadership needs of the Group, both Executive 
and Non-Executive, with a view to ensuring the continued 
ability of the Group to compete effectively. 

It is important that a diverse pipeline for succession 
is developed in line with the Company’s strategy on 
pages 22 and 23. The gender balance of those in the 
senior management, which, in accordance with the Code, 
we consider to be the Executive Committee and the 
Company Secretary, is three women and six men. 

The Committee is responsible for keeping up-to-date 
and fully informed about strategic issues and commercial 
changes affecting the Group and the market in which it 
operates. The Group competes with a number of private 
equity backed veterinary businesses and, in order to 
respond appropriately to changing and increasing 
competition, and to successfully execute accretive 
acquisitions, it is considered important that the Board 
contains Executive and Non-Executive Directors with 
both private equity and transaction experience.

Conflicts of interest
The Board has established robust procedures for monitoring 
conflicts of interest in accordance with the Group’s Articles 
of Association and conflicts of interest policy. All Directors 
are required to make the Board aware of any other 
commitments and potential conflicts of interest are 
approved by the Board where appropriate, and recorded in 
the conflicts register. The Board has delegated authority to 
the Nomination Committee to keep under review any actual 
or potential conflict of interest situations authorised by the 
Board, and to determine whether it is appropriate for such 
matter(s) to remain so authorised.

Consultation with major shareholders
In the 2020 Result of AGM announcement, the Board of 
CVS noted that all the resolutions had been passed with 
the requisite majority, but that the resolution to re-appoint 
Richard Connell as Chairman received 75.1% support and 
the resolution to approve the Remuneration Committee 
report received 78.5% support. Whilst a clear majority 
of shareholders were supportive, in accordance with 
Provision 4 of the UK Corporate Governance Code the 
Board of CVS has consulted with major shareholders in 
order to better understand their views on these matters.

A view expressed by some shareholders was that Richard 
Connell’s membership of the Board Audit Committee 
resulted in this Committee not being deemed fully 
independent. In light of this feedback, and to ensure all 
Board Committees are fully independent, Richard Connell 
stepped down from all Board Committees from 30 April 2021. 

Ongoing review
Whilst the Committee will continue to review the composition 
of the Board, it is confident that the Board has the right balance 
of skills, experience and tenure at present to successfully 
steer the Group through the next stages of its growth and to 
respond appropriately to the strategic opportunities ahead. 

The Group’s improved financial performance, strengthened 
balance sheet and experienced management team position 
it well to take advantage of these opportunities and to 
deliver further enhancements in shareholder value. 

Richard Gray
Nomination Committee Chair
23 September 2021

68 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Remuneration Committee report – unaudited

Achieving and sustaining 
CVS’s long-term value

Deborah Kemp
Remuneration Committee Chair 
Key responsibilities:
 > assisting the Board in ensuring appropriate 

remuneration policies are in place for the Group;

 > ensuring Executive Director remuneration is aligned 

to the strategic priorities of the Group and its 
performance; and

 > making recommendations regarding Long-Term 
Incentive Plan terms and conditions, and awards.

The Remuneration Committee is comprised of three 
independent Non-Executive Directors. 

Over the past 18 months, the Remuneration Committee 
has met more frequently to make appropriate 
recommendations to the Board in response to the 
COVID-19 pandemic and to consider feedback from 
shareholders on remuneration matters. 

Committee composition 
during the year to 30 June 2021

Attendance

Richard Connell*

Mike McCollum

Deborah Kemp

Richard Gray

8

8

8

8

* 

 Richard Connell was a member of the Committee until 30 April 2021 
when he stepped down from all Board Committees. Whilst Richard 
Connell is no longer a member of the Committee, Richard may 
attend future committee meetings along with the Executive 
Directors at the invitation of, and where this is considered 
appropriate by, the Committee Chair. 

As an AIM-quoted company, the information provided is 
disclosed to fulfil the requirements of AIM Rule 19. CVS 
Group plc is not required to comply with Schedule 8 of the 
Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts 
and Reports) Regulations 2008. The information is unaudited.

Remuneration policy
The Remuneration Committee seeks to develop the 
company’s executive remuneration arrangements 
appropriately taking due account of matters specified in 
the UK Corporate Governance Code and the Investment 
Association Principles of Remuneration in the light of the 
Company’s growth and its status as an AIM 50 company.

The Remuneration Committee considers it important that 
remuneration policies for Executive Directors are aligned 
to the Group’s long-term strategy and that a meaningful 
portion of Executive Director reward is linked to long-term 
performance. In light of this, remuneration for Executive 
Directors is comprised of base salary, an annual bonus and 
a long-term incentive plan with performance criteria based 
on earnings per share and total shareholder reward.

In respect of basic salary, the objective is to ensure that 
the Group attracts and retains high calibre Executives with 
the skills, experience and motivation necessary to direct 
and manage the affairs of the Group. The annual bonus 
scheme is designed to reward exceptional performance with 
criteria aligned to the annual budget approved by the Board. 
Long-Term Incentive Plans (“LTIP”) are seen as an important 
part of Executive Directors’ total remuneration and are 
designed to drive and reward exceptional performance 
aligned with shareholder interests over the long term. 

The policy also provides for post-retirement benefits through 
contributions to Executive Directors’ personal pension 
schemes, together with other benefits such as a company 
car and life and medical insurance.

A description of how the Company has addressed the 
matters specified in Rule 41 of the FRC Code is set out 
under the policy table on page 74.

Development of remuneration policy in light 
of shareholder consultation
The advisory vote to approve the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report at our 2020 AGM was supported by 78.5% of votes cast. 

In response to the AGM vote, the Remuneration Committee 
considered a number of matters on remuneration in particular; 
whether a two-year holding period should be applied to LTIP 
awards, bonus deferral, shareholding guidelines and Director 
pension alignment with the workforce. 

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

69

Corporate GovernanceRemuneration Committee report – unaudited continued

Development of remuneration policy in light of 
shareholder consultation continued
The two-year holding period was regarded as a priority 
matter and the Remuneration Committee has decided 
that a two-year holding period will be applied to future LTIP 
awards to Executive Directors, commencing in 2021. This 
follows changes already implemented in previous financial 
years which include Executive and Non-Executive Directors 
voluntarily forgoing 20.0% of their salaries in the final quarter 
of the previous financial year, the introduction of malus and 
clawback conditions for LTIP and bonus awards, the ability 
for the Remuneration Committee to override formulaic 
outcomes and the amendment of LTIP performance vesting 
criteria such that 50.0% of the performance condition is now 
based on meeting a total shareholder return threshold.

In relation to bonus deferral, the Remuneration Committee 
continues to see merit in a clear distinction between annual 
bonus and long-term incentives. One matter the Board has 
taken into account is that bonuses have not been paid out 
for 2018/19 or 2019/20. The Remuneration Committee does 
not propose this should be introduced at this point. The 
maximum annual bonus is capped at 100.0% of salary for 
each Executive Director.

The Company intends to maintain its shareholding guideline 
at 100.0% of salary for the three Executive Directors. 

Executive Director service agreements
During the financial year, the Remuneration Committee 
oversaw the agreement of new Service Agreements with 
each Executive Director to reflect current best practice in 
light of input from the Group’s legal advisers, DLA Piper UK LLP. 

Executive Director salary review
Salaries are reviewed annually and are regularly benchmarked 
against similar AIM-quoted and other listed companies with 
changes effective annually in January. The Remuneration 
Committee decided to increase the salary of the Chief 
Executive Officer (“CEO”) by 2.0% to £408,000 with effect 
from 1 January 2021, and to increase the salary of the Chief 
Operating Officer (“COO”) by 2.0% to £306,000 as of the 
same date in line with the average company-wide increase. 

On review of the Chief Financial Officer’s (“CFO”) salary and 
as detailed in the previous year’s Remuneration Committee 
report, the Remuneration Committee decided to bring the 
salary of the CFO commensurate with market practice. As 
a result, the Remuneration Committee decided to increase 
the salary of the CFO by 60.6% to £265,000 with effect from 
1 January 2021 and his maximum bonus percentage was 
increased to 100.0% of salary. The CFO’s revised remuneration 
is now in line with that of the previous two CFOs and the market 
benchmark provided by h2glenfern Remuneration Advisory.

Executive Director Annual Bonus Scheme
The annual bonus scheme in which the Executive Directors 
participate is based on the achievement of pre-IFRS 16 
adjusted EBITDA prior to share-option costs, performance 
in comparison to the annual budget approved by the Board. 

70 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

For 2020/21, the maximum bonus for the CEO, COO and 
CFO was 100.0% of salary. 

In light of the performance of the Group in the financial year, 
as reflected in a significant increase in shareholder value, the 
maximum bonus entitlement was achieved by the CEO, 
COO and the CFO.

LTIP awards
In October 2020 the Company granted awards under its LTIP 
scheme to the CEO with a value of 125.0% of salary, and to the 
COO and CFO with a value of 100.0% of salary, increased to 
reflect the CFO’s increased salary in January 2021. As in 
previous years, these awards are subject to an adjusted EPS 
real growth performance condition measured over three 
years in addition to the total shareholder return benchmarked 
against the FTSE-250 index (less investment trusts) measured 
over three years. Detail on the performance conditions is set 
out later in this report.

LTIP vesting
Pre-IFRS 16 adjusted EPS for the year ended 30 June 2021 
was 77.1p. This compares to adjusted EPS of 42.4p for the 
year ended 30 June 2018, a Compound Annual Growth 
Rate (“CAGR”) of 19.5% above inflation. The target CAGR for 
threshold and full vesting of LTIPs issued in October 2018 
was 8.0% and 12.0% above inflation, respectively. This target 
has been substantially exceeded and, therefore, 100.0% of 
the options granted have vested.

Recognising the contribution of all CVS colleagues
The past 18 months have seen unprecedented disruption 
due to the COVID-19 pandemic and CVS Colleagues have 
had to adapt to new ways of working in light of evolving 
government and RCVS guidance whilst continuing to 
provide first class care to our clients and their animals.

In recognition of this, the Remuneration Committee approved 
the payment of annual productivity bonuses to front line 
colleagues in September 2020 and awarded all colleagues an 
additional day’s holiday in December 2020 as a thank you for 
their contribution in the year. The Remuneration Committee 
also decided to make an advance payment to colleagues in 
respect of their 2021 discretionary bonus early in March 2021, 
with the balance to be settled in the normal manner. 

The Remuneration Committee also decided that in respect 
of the Group’s Save As You Earn (“SAYE”) scheme launched 
in November 2020 to increase the discount from 10.0% to 
20.0% to the closing mid-market price of the day preceding 
the date of invitation. These share options vest after three 
years to ensure that colleagues have a personal interest in 
the longer-term success of the Group. 

In light of the competitive landscape and the continued 
shortage of veterinary professionals in the UK, the Remuneration 
Committee will continue to consider reward and benefits 
across the Group to ensure that CVS remains well positioned 
to retain and attract talented colleagues.

Ongoing review
The Remuneration Committee intends to keep remuneration policies under review and will continue to consider and 
develop its approach to remuneration on an ongoing basis. 

The Remuneration Committee has received advice in relation to the matters outlined above and overall executive 
remuneration from h2glenfern Remuneration Advisory. 

I hope that you find the report helpful and informative, and I look forward to receiving further feedback from our investors 
on the information presented.

Executive Directors’ remuneration policy
This part of the Directors’ Remuneration report sets out the remuneration policy of the Company with regard to its 
Executive Directors.

Purpose and link to strategy
Base salary

Base pay is designed 
to reflect Executive 
Directors’ experience, 
capabilities and role 
within the business.

To be set at a level 
which is sufficiently 
competitive to recruit 
and retain individuals 
of the appropriate 
calibre to deliver the 
Group’s strategy.

Benefits

To complement 
basic salary by 
providing market 
competitive benefits 
to attract and retain 
Executive Directors.

Operation

Potential remuneration

Performance metrics

Salaries are reviewed annually 
and benchmarked against similar 
AIM-quoted and listed companies 
with any changes effective from 
1 January. The review takes 
into account:

The CEO’s base salary was 
reviewed on 1 January 2021 
(the prior review being in 
January 2020) and was 
increased by 2.0% 
to £408,000.

Not applicable.

 > Company performance and 

increase in scale and complexity;

 > the role, experience and 

performance of the individual 
Director; and

 > average workforce 

salary adjustments within 
the Company.

The COO’s base salary was 
reviewed on 1 January 2021 
(the prior review being on 
1 January 2020) and was 
increased by 2.0% 
to £306,000.

The CFO’s base salary was 
reviewed on 1 January 2021 
(the prior review being on 
1 January 2020) and was 
increased by 60.6% 
to £265,000.

Reviewed from time to time 
to ensure that benefits, when 
taken together with other 
elements of remuneration, 
remain market competitive.

Benefits for the Executive Directors 
currently include the provision 
of a company car and medical 
and life insurance.

Not applicable.

The cost of providing these 
benefits varies year on year 
depending on the schemes’ 
premiums. The Remuneration 
Committee monitors the overall 
cost of the benefits package.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

71

Corporate Governance 
 
 
 
Remuneration Committee report – unaudited continued

Executive Directors’ remuneration policy continued

Potential remuneration

Performance metrics

Purpose and link to strategy
Pension

Operation

To provide retirement 
benefits which, when 
taken together with 
other elements of the 
remuneration package, 
will enable the 
Company to attract 
and retain 
appropriately qualified 
Executive Directors.

The CEO and COO participate in 
defined contribution pension 
arrangements and received 
payments partly in lieu of pension.

The CFO participates in a defined 
contribution pension arrangement. 

Pension arrangements, including 
contribution rates, for any new 
Executive Directors will be aligned 
with those of the majority of the 
UK workforce.

Annual bonus

To drive and reward 
exceptional 
performance.

The Executive Directors are eligible 
to participate in a discretionary, 
annual, performance related bonus 
scheme. Targets are set at the 
beginning of each year based 
on the recommendations of the 
Remuneration Committee.

Bonuses are paid in cash based 
on audited financial results. 
Commencing financial year 
2018/19, annual bonus payments 
are subject to malus and 
clawback provisions.

The CEO is entitled to 
a Company pension 
contribution of 12.0%. This 
is partly taken as a payment 
in lieu of a pension.

The COO is entitled to 
a Company pension 
contribution of 10.0%. This 
is partly taken as a payment 
in lieu of salary.

The CFO is entitled to 
a Company pension 
contribution of 8.0%. 

Only basic salary 
is pensionable.

During the year under review, 
the maximum capped bonus 
potential for the CEO, COO 
and CFO is 100.0% of salary.

Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”)

To drive and reward 
exceptional 
performance over the 
medium term and to 
align the interests of 
Executive Directors 
and shareholders.

The Executive Directors are 
entitled to be considered for the 
grant of awards under the Group’s 
LTIP scheme. The awards take the 
form of nominal cost options over 
a specified number of Ordinary 
shares. Awards are not transferable 
or assignable. Awards are released 
to participants after a performance 
period of three years, subject to 
certain performance and service 
conditions being met. 25.0% 
of awards vest at threshold 
performance for award 
from LTIP11. 

The Remuneration Committee 
would in normal circumstances 
expect to make annual LTIP 
awards to the CEO of 125.0% 
of salary and the COO and 
CFO of 100.0% of salary. 

The maximum annual award 
permissible under the 2017 
plan rules in exceptional 
circumstances is 200.0% 
of salary.

72 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Not applicable.

For the years ended 30 June 
2021 and ending 30 June 
2022, the targets are based 
on adjusted EBITDA. The 
target is adjusted to take 
account of acquisitions made 
in the course of the year and 
exceptional items. The level 
of payment commences from 
zero at the threshold target 
increasing on a straight-line 
basis to full payment at the 
maximum target.

Up to and including 2018, 
an adjusted EPS CAGR real 
growth target is applied 
to awards.

The adjusted EPS reflects 
adjustments for amortisation 
of intangibles, costs of 
business combinations and 
associated income tax and 
exceptional items.

From 2019, awards will be 
subject 50.0% to an EPS 
growth target, as previously, 
and 50.0% subject to a 
relative Total Shareholder 
Return performance condition 
against the FTSE 250 
companies excluding 
investment trusts.

 
 
 
 
 
Purpose and link to strategy
Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) continued

Operation

Potential remuneration

Performance metrics

In addition, and irrespective 
of the targets, no award will 
vest unless, in the opinion of 
the Remuneration Committee, 
the underlying performance 
of the Group has been 
satisfactory over the 
measurement period.

An amendment to the 2017 
plan was made in 2019 to 
ensure that the Committee 
has discretion to vary 
award vesting in the event 
of exceptional negative 
events and to override 
formulaic outcomes.

The LTIP rewards the future 
performance of the Executive 
Directors and certain other 
employees by linking the size of 
the award to the achievement 
of Group performance targets.

Participation is at the discretion 
of the Remuneration Committee. 
Awards will typically be made 
annually based on a percentage 
of annual salary. The Remuneration 
Committee sets performance 
conditions at the time of the award. 
The 2017 plan rules, amongst other 
things, include clawback provisions 
and a limitation to ensure that new 
shares issued, when aggregated 
with all other employee share 
awards, must not exceed 10.0% 
of issued share capital over any 
ten-year period.

For schemes granted from 2021, 
there will be a two-year holding 
period for LTIPs for Executive 
Directors, other than for settling 
related tax liabilities. 

Shareholding guideline

To incentivise executives 
to achieve the 
Company’s long-term 
strategy and create 
sustainable shareholder 
value. To align with 
shareholder interests.

Target value to be achieved over 
five years: 

Not applicable.

Not applicable.

CEO  – 100.0% of salary.

COO  – 100.0% of salary.

CFO  – 100.0% of salary.

In relation to both annual bonus and LTIP awards, the Remuneration Committee may, in line with the UK Corporate Governance 
Code, exercise its discretion to override formulaic outcomes, including to reflect overall corporate performance and the 
experience of shareholders of the Company and if the business has suffered an exceptional negative event. Malus and 
clawback provisions are effective for three years from the date bonus is paid. Issues which may trigger malus and clawback 
include discovery of misstatement of the financial results or error in assessing the achievement of the performance conditions. 
Other circumstances include the individual being found guilty of misconduct.

Save As You Earn (“SAYE”)
The Group operates a savings scheme for all staff, including the Executive Directors, being the CVS SAYE plan. A SAYE 
scheme is operated for each calendar year. Under the 2020 scheme, the awards were made at a 20.0% discount to the 
closing mid-market price of the day preceding the date of invitation. Under the 2019 and 2018 schemes the awards were 
made at a 10.0% discount. There are no performance conditions attached to any of the SAYE schemes.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

73

Corporate GovernanceRemuneration Committee report – unaudited continued

Executive Directors’ remuneration policy continued

Policy on Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration
The Chairman and the other Non-Executive Directors remuneration comprises only directorship fees. They are reviewed 
annually with changes effective from 1 January each year. The Chairman’s and the Non-Executive Directors’ fees are approved 
by the Board on the recommendation of the CEO. The Non-Executive Directors are not involved in any decisions about their 
own remuneration. The Chairman and the other independent Non-Executive Directors are entitled to be reimbursed for 
reasonable expenses.

Details of the fees payable for 2020/21 are set out in the Annual Report on Remuneration.

The current fees are as follows:

Director

R Connell
M McCollum
D Kemp
R Gray

£115,343
£46,920
£46,920
£44,370

Executive Directors’ service agreements
Richard Fairman’s service agreement commenced on 1 August 2018 and his most recent service agreement is dated 
10 September 2020. The CEO’s agreement can be terminated by either the CEO or the Company on twelve months’ 
notice. Ben Jacklin’s service agreement commenced on 7 September 2015 and his most recent service agreement is 
dated 18 September 2020. The COO’s agreement can be terminated by either the COO or the Company on twelve months’ 
notice. Robin Alfonso’s service agreement commenced on 8 July 2019 and his most recent service agreement is dated 
22 September 2020. The CFO’s agreement can be terminated by either the CFO or the Company on twelve months’ notice. 
As well as an annual salary, the service agreements also detail the provision of other benefits including performance related 
bonuses, medical and life insurance, a car allowance and contributions to personal pension plans.

Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment
Richard Connell was appointed on 4 October 2007. His most recent service agreement is for a one-year term ending on 
22 September 2022. Mike McCollum was appointed on 2 April 2013. His most recent service agreement is for a one-year 
term ending on 23 September 2021. These appointments can be terminated by the Company or the Directors by giving 
three months’ notice. Deborah Kemp was appointed on 2 January 2018. Her most recent service agreement is dated 
1 January 2021 for a three-year term ending on 1 January 2024. Her appointment can be terminated by the Company or 
herself by giving six months’ notice. Richard Gray was appointed on 16 July 2020 for a three-year term ending 16 July 2023. 
His appointment can be terminated by the Company or himself by giving six months’ notice.

Further items specified under Rule 41 of the FRC Code
The Remuneration Committee believes remuneration is appropriate in light of the skills and experience of the Executive 
Directors, the need for differentials between different levels of seniority and in the context of the amounts and structure 
of remuneration at comparable UK companies.

Mindful of provision 40 of the Code, the Remuneration Committee will continue to consider factors including clarity, 
simplicity, risk, predictability, proportionality and alignment to culture. The Remuneration Committee believes that the 
Company’s remuneration practices are clear and simple, as laid out in this Remuneration Report. The Committee has always 
been conscious of reputational and other risks in managing remuneration and in taking decisions on remuneration matters. 
Malus and clawback provisions, and the Remuneration Committee’s ability to exercise discretion within the policy to override 
formulaic outcomes, support the mitigation of risks. The Committee believes that the range of possible values of rewards is 
clearly identified and explained in this Report that the rewards and potential rewards are proportionate and do not reward 
poor performance and that remuneration arrangements are aligned with Company culture.

The Remuneration Committee believes that the policy operated as intended in terms of Company performance and 
quantum during 2020/21. The Company engaged with major shareholders on remuneration during 2020/21 as detailed 
on page 19 and 69. The Committee continues to engage with the workforce in respect of remuneration and other matters. 
The Committee did not apply discretions in respect of the operation of annual bonus or LTIP during 2020/21.

74 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

 
Annual Report on Remuneration

Introduction
This Annual Report on Remuneration sets out information about the remuneration of the Directors of the Company for the 
period ended 30 June 2021.

Membership and role of the Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee is appointed by the Board, and comprises Deborah Kemp as Chair, Mike McCollum and 
Richard Gray. Richard Connell was a member of the committee until 30 April 2021. The role of the Remuneration Committee 
is to determine and recommend to the Board the remuneration policy for the Executive Directors. This includes base salary, 
annual and long-term incentive awards and pension arrangements.

Advisors
During the year, the Company engaged h2glenfern Remuneration Advisory to provide advice on Executive remuneration. h2glenfern 
Remuneration Advisory is a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group in relation to executive remuneration consulting in the 
United Kingdom. h2glenfern does not provide other services to the Group and has no other connection with the Company or 
individual Directors. The Board is satisfied that h2glenfern is independent and has no connection to any individual Director.

Remuneration of the Executive Directors – audited
Directors’ emoluments

Executive Directors
R Fairman

B Jacklin

R Alfonso

S Innes3

Non-Executive Chairman
R Connell

Non-Executive Directors
M McCollum

D Kemp

R Gray1

Basic salary 
allowance, fees
and other
payments 
£’000

Benefits 
in kind 
£’000

Performance 
related 
bonus 
£’000

Pension 
£’000

Value of 
share LTIP 
awards vested 
during the
year 2
£’000

2021
2020

2021
2020

2021
2020

2021
2020

2021
2020

2021
2020

2021
2020

2021
2020

404
328

303
185

215
102

—
743

114
107

46
44

46
44

42
—

12
10

10
16

9
8

—
36

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

48
40

28
18

17
8

—
11

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

408
—

306
—

265
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

250
—

50
7

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

Total 
£’000

1,122
378

697
226

506
118

—
790

114
107

46
44

46
44

42
—

1.  R Gray was appointed on 16 July 2020. 

2. 

 The value of the share LTIP awards vested during the year is calculated using the share price at date of grant and the number of shares vested. The value 
of these awards is not included in the table in note 8 to the financial statements.

3.  S Innes resigned 5 November 2019.

Benefits in kind include the provision of a company car and medical and life insurance for each Executive Director. 

No Directors waived emoluments in respect of the year ended 30 June 2021. 

In the prior year, in November 2019, R Fairman was promoted to CEO from CFO and B Jacklin and R Alfonso were appointed 
as Directors and COO and CFO respectively. As a consequence, the 2020 remuneration reflects a pro-rata amount based on 
the relevant appointment. In addition, all Directors waived 20.0% of their basic salaries and fees from April 2020 to June 2020 
due to COVID-19. Bonuses were not payable in 2020 due to the financial targets not being met due to the impact of the 
COVID-19 pandemic. 

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

75

Corporate Governance 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration Committee report – unaudited continued

Annual Report on Remuneration continued

Remuneration of the Executive Directors – audited continued
Directors’ emoluments continued
The remuneration of the Executive Directors of CVS Group plc is borne by the subsidiary company, CVS (UK) Limited, 
without recharge to CVS Group plc.

Discretionary bonus

R Fairman
B Jacklin
R Alfonso

Bonus 
(% of salary)

Range 
(pre-IFRS 16 adjusted EBITDA 
pre-share option cost)

Actual 
(pre-IFRS 16 adjusted EBITDA 
pre-share option cost)

2021
2021
2021

100
100
100

£57.2m to £62.7m
£57.2m to £62.7m
£57.2m to £62.7m

£79.1m
£79.1m
£79.1m

Payout 
£’000

408
306
265

The Remuneration Committee has decided to pay bonuses in full in respect of the financial year in light of financial targets 
being significantly exceeded as reflected in a substantial increase in shareholder value. No Executive Director bonuses were 
paid in 2018, 2019 or 2020. The Group has not taken government support in the current financial year and has repaid all 
taxes deferred from 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Due to the commercially sensitive nature of the proposed bonus targets, the committee has decided that the targets will not 
be disclosed for the current financial year. The Committee intends to retrospectively publish annual bonus targets in the 
Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year to June 2022. 

Share scheme interests as at 30 June 2021
Details of plans at the reporting date that have not yet vested are set out below.

Award

LTIP12

Grant date

Vesting period  

12 October 2018

3 years

The performance targets for award LTIP12 are based on achieving 
adjusted EPS growth in excess of inflation as follows:

 > Less than 8.0% CAGR – no award

 > 8.0% to 12.0% CAGR – awarded on a straight-line basis between 25.0% 

and 100.0% of total award

 > More than 12.0% CAGR – full award

LTIP13
LTIP14

19 December 2019
02 October 2020

3 years
3 years

The performance targets for award LTIP13 and LTIP 14 are based on 
achieving adjusted EPS growth in excess of inflation and total 
shareholder return in comparison to the FTSE 250.

50.0% of the awards will vest if adjusted EPS growth in excess of inflation, 
pre-IFRS 16 (LTIP 14 post-IFRS 16), is achieved as follows:

 > Less than 5.0% CAGR – no award subject to this condition.

 > 5.0% to 10.0% CAGR – awarded on a straight-line basis between 25.0% 

and 100.0% of total award subject to this condition.

 > More than 10.0% CAGR – full award subject to this condition.

50.0% of the awards will vest if total shareholder returns in comparison 
to the FTSE 250 index (excluding investment trusts) are achieved as follows:

 > Below median comparable performance – no award subject to this condition.

 > Median comparable performance – 25.0% of awards subject to 

this condition.

 > Median to upper quartile comparable performance – 25.0% to 100.0% 
of awards subject to this condition measured on a straight-line basis.

 > Upper quartile comparable performance – 100.0% of awards subject 

to this condition.

76 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

 
 
Options over Ordinary shares awarded to Executive Directors under the LTIP and SAYE schemes in place on 23 September 2021 
are as follows:

Scheme

R Fairman
LTIP12
LTIP13
LTIP14
SAYE11
SAYE13

B Jacklin
LTIP12
LTIP13
LTIP14 
SAYE11
SAYE12
SAYE13

R Alfonso
LTIP13
LTIP14
LTIP14(b)
SAYE12
SAYE13

Date of grant

Market price of shares 
on date of grant

Earliest exercise date and 
date of vesting of shares Exercise price

Number of 
shares

12 October 2018
19 December 2019
02 October 2020
30 November 2018
02 December 2020

12 October 2018
19 December 2019
02 October 2020
30 November 2018
04 December 2019
02 December 2020

19 December 2019
02 October 2020
04 January 2021
04 December 2019
02 December 2020

807p
1,080p
1,219p
913p
1,415p

807p
1,080p
1,219p
913p
1,054p
1,415p

1,080p
1,219p
1,485p
1,054p
1,415p

30 June 2021
30 June 2022
30 June 2023
01 January 2022
01 January 2024

30 June 2021
30 June 2022
30 June 2023
01 January 2022
01 January 2023
01 January 2024

30 June 2022
30 June 2023
30 June 2023
01 January 2023
01 January 2024

0.2p
0.2p
0.2p
830p
1,009p

0.2p
0.2p
0.2p
830p
863p
1,009p

0.2p
0.2p
0.2p
863p
1,009p

30,969
46,296
41,030
737
606

6,194
27,778
24,618
737
709
570

15,278
13,540
6,733
709
606

Directors’ interests in shares
The interests of the Directors when combined with their spouses’ holdings as of 30 June 2021 in the shares of the Company were:

R Connell
M McCollum
D Kemp
R Gray
R Fairman 
B Jacklin
R Alfonso

Ordinary shares of 0.2p each 
Number

157,800
38,678
6,559
3,000
11,450
1,436
— 

Apart from the interests in shares and share options disclosed above, the Directors had no other interest in shares of Group companies. 
There have been no changes to the Directors’ interests in shares between the year-end and the date of this Annual Report.

On 30 June 2021, the market price of the Ordinary shares was 2,415p. During the year shares lapsed as follows:

Scheme

B Jacklin
LTIP11

Date of grant

Market price of shares 
on date of grant

Earliest exercise date 

and date of vesting of shares Exercise price

Number of 
shares

17 January 2018

1,031p

30 June 2020

0.2p

3,600

No options have been exercised during the year.

Statement of voting
At the 2020 AGM, a motion was proposed to the shareholders to approve on an advisory only basis the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report contained in the 2020 Annual Report. 78.5% of votes cast were in favour of the motion and 21.5% of votes cast were against. 
The Company’s response to this voting, which included consulting major shareholders and introducing the two-year holding 
period to LTIP awards, is detailed in the letter of introduction from the Remuneration Committee Chair.

Deborah Kemp
Remuneration Committee Chair
23 September 2021

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

77

Corporate Governance 
Directors’ report

The Directors present their Annual Report and Financial 
Statements together with the audited consolidated financial 
statements for the year ended 30 June 2021.

Principal activities and results
The principal activities of the Group are to operate animal 
veterinary practices, complementary veterinary diagnostic 
businesses, pet crematoria and an online retail business. The 
principal activity of CVS Group plc is that of a holding company.

The Group made a profit after taxation of £19.3m (2020: £5.7m).

Particulars of events which have occurred since the end 
of the financial year have been disclosed in note 31 to the 
financial statements.

Business review
The information that fulfils the requirements of the business 
review, including details of the 2021 results, key performance 
indicators, principal risks and uncertainties and the outlook 
for future years, is set out in the Chairman’s statement (pages 
6 to 8), the Chief Executive Officer’s review (pages 9 to 11), 
the Operational review (pages 28 to 35) and the Financial 
review (pages 36 to 40) including key performance 
indicators (pages 24 to 27) and principal risks and 
uncertainties (pages 50 to 57).

Dividends
In respect of the year under review, the Directors recommend 
a dividend payment of 6.5p, amounting to £4.6m (2020: £nil). 
The aggregate dividends recognised as distributions in the 
year ended 30 June 2021 amounted to £nil (2020: £3.9m). 
No interim dividends (2020: £nil) have been paid during 
the year.

Dividend policy
With the exception of years which are impacted by 
the uncertainty of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Group 
has established an ordinary dividend policy that is both 
progressive and sustainable, based on growing the ordinary 
dividend per share over time. The rate of growth of the 
ordinary dividend will be decided by the Board in light of 
the circumstances at the time. The Board also gives due 
consideration to the return of capital through the use of 
special dividends or share buybacks.

The ability of the Group to pay a dividend is also subject to 
constraints including the availability of distributable reserves 
and the Group’s financial and operating performance. 
Distributable reserves are determined as required by the 
Companies Act 2006 by reference to a company’s individual 
financial statements.

Directors
The following Directors held office during the year and 
up to the date of signing the financial statements unless 
otherwise stated:

R Connell 
M McCollum 
D Kemp
R Gray (appointed 16 July 2020)
R Fairman
B Jacklin 
R Alfonso 

Biographical details of the Directors are provided on pages 
58 to 59.

Re-election of Directors
The Articles of Association of the Company require all 
Directors to be re-elected at intervals of not more than three 
years. The Board has decided that it is appropriate for all 
Directors to be re-appointed each year, so in accordance 
with that decision all Directors will stand for re-election at 
the Annual General Meeting.

Directors’ remuneration and interests
The Remuneration Committee report is set out on pages 69 to 77. 
It includes details of Directors’ remuneration, interests in the 
shares of the Company, share options and pension arrangements.

Environment
The Group recognises the significance of environmental 
responsibility and undertakes clinical compliance reviews 
to ensure environmental standards are conformed with 
in addition to providing training to its employees to 
ensure compliance.

Although the Group’s activities do not have a major impact 
on the environment, every effort is made to reduce any effect. 
Details of the Group’s approach to sustainability and ESG are 
set out on pages 42 to 48.

Health and safety
The Group is fully aware of its obligations to maintain high 
health and safety standards at all times, and the safety of our 
colleagues and customers is of paramount importance. The 
Group’s operations are managed at all times in such a way 
as to ensure, as far as is reasonably practicable, the health, 
safety and welfare of all of our colleagues and all other 
people who may be attending our premises.

Corporate governance
The Board’s Corporate Governance Statement is set out on 
pages 60 to 64.

78 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Going concern
The Governance Code requires the Board to assess and 
report on the prospects of the Group and whether the 
business is a going concern. In considering this requirement, 
the Directors have taken into account the Group’s forecast 
cash flows, liquidity, borrowing facilities and relating 
covenant requirements and the expected operational 
activities of the Group. 

The three-year plan provides a robust planning tool against 
which strategic decisions can be made. In making their 
viability assessment, the Board has taken into consideration 
that financing facilities are maintained for the duration of the 
forecast. The Directors have considered a combination of 
risks and uncertainties and the mitigating controls operated 
by the Group as detailed on pages 50 to 57 that may impact 
on the Group’s ability to trade. 

As part of the going concern assessment, the Group 
modelled a base case scenario and undertook sensitivity 
analysis to stress test the performance at which the Group 
would breach its covenants. The base case takes into 
account the latest run rate of performance. The sensitivity 
analysis is based on a reduction in revenue and associated 
impact on gross margin. The Group has modelled a further 
scenario of no further revenue growth and under both the 
base case and the no growth scenario, there is more than 
sufficient headroom in both liquidity and covenants.

Having due regard to these matters and after making 
appropriate enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group and the Company have 
adequate resources to remain in operation until at least 
twelve months after the approval of these Financial 
Statements. The Board have therefore continued to adopt 
the going concern basis in preparing the consolidated 
Financial Statements.

Viability statement
In accordance with provision 30 of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, the Directors have assessed the prospects 
of the Group over a longer period than 12 months required by 
the “Going concern” provision. A period of three years is 
believed to be appropriate for this assessment since this is 
consistent with the Group’s financing cycle, whereby on average 
the Group has refinanced debt in line with this timescale, usually 
as a result of acquisition and investment activity. 

The Directors confirm that they have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group will continue in operation to 
meet its liabilities, as they fall due, up to 30 June 2024.

The Directors’ assessment has been made by reference 
to the Group’s financial position as at 30 June 2021, its 
prospects, the Group’s strategy, the Board’s risk appetite 
and the Group’s principal risks, all of which are described 
in the Strategic Report. 

The Directors’ assessment of the Group’s viability is 
underpinned by a paper prepared by management. The 
paper is supported by comprehensive and detailed analysis 
and modelling, containing financial projections for a detailed 
one-year plan and extended three-year period. The longer-
term plan is reviewed each year by the Board as part of the 
strategy review process. Once approved by the Board, the 
plan is cascaded across the Group and provides the basis 
for setting all detailed financial budgets and strategic actions 
that are subsequently used by the Board to monitor performance.

On this basis and in conjunction with other matters 
considered and reviewed by the Board during the year, 
the Board has reasonable expectations that the Group will 
be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as 
they fall due over the three financial years used for its 
assessment. In making this assessment, the Board has 
assumed that there is no material change in the legislative 
environment in the practice of veterinary medicine. It is 
recognised that such future assessments are subject to a 
level of uncertainty that increases with time and therefore 
future outcomes cannot be guaranteed or predicted 
with certainty.

Financial instruments
Details of the Group’s financial risk management objectives 
and policies are included in note 3 to the financial statements.

Substantial shareholdings

Shareholder

Octopus Investments Limited
BlackRock Inc
Ameriprise Financial
Canaccord Genuity Group Inc
Invesco
abrdn plc

31 August 
2021

4,953,290
5,110,581
4,877,966
4,307,510
2,358,564
2,136,305

% 
IC

7.00
7.22
6.89
6.09
3.33
3.02

23,744,216

33.55

Share capital and substantial shareholdings
Details of the share capital of the Company as at 30 June 2021 
are set out in note 25 to the financial statements. Each share 
carries the right to one vote at general meetings of the 
Company.

At 31 August 2021, the Company has been notified (using 
TR1 standard form) of the substantial shareholdings detailed 
in the table above comprising 3.0% or more of the issued 
Ordinary share capital of the Company.

The Board is satisfied that no major shareholder presents 
a conflict of interest or exerts undue influence over the 
Board’s independent judgement.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

79

The Directors’ Report 
Directors’ report continued

Employees
Consultation with employees takes place through a number 
of regional meetings throughout the year and an annual 
staff survey. The aim is to ensure that employees’ views are 
taken into account when decisions are made which are likely 
to affect their interests and that all employees are aware of 
the general progress of their business units and of the 
Group as a whole. To enhance communication within the 
Group, a committee is in place which is constituted of 
regional members from all areas of the business with the 
aim of improving consultation and communication levels.

Directors’ third-party indemnity provision
A qualifying third-party indemnity provision as defined in 
Section 234 of the Companies Act 2006 was in force during 
the year and also at the consolidated and Company statement 
of financial position date for the benefit of each of the Directors 
in respect of liabilities incurred as a result of their office with 
the Company and any associated company to the extent 
permitted by law. In respect of those liabilities for which Directors 
may not be indemnified, the Company maintained a Directors’ 
and Officers’ (“D&O”) liability insurance policy throughout 
the financial year. The level of cover is currently £50.0m.

Deborah Kemp is the Board’s dedicated Non-Executive 
Director for employee engagement and it is Deborah’s usual 
practice to consult with employees through attendance at 
our annual employee conference, which was postponed in 
the year due to COVID-19, periodic visits to our businesses 
and regular reviews of the Group’s monthly employee Net 
Promoter Score.

The Group regularly consults with, and seeks feedback from, 
employees, and the Board monitors employee engagement.

Applications for employment by disabled people are always 
fully considered, bearing in mind the respective aptitudes 
and abilities of the applicant concerned. In the event of 
members of staff becoming disabled, every effort is made 
to ensure that their employment with the Group continues 
and that appropriate training is arranged. It is the policy of 
the Group that the training, career development and 
promotion of a disabled person should be, as far as possible, 
identical to that of a person who does not have a disability.

The Group operates a Long-Term Incentive Plan for Executive 
Directors and senior managers. Details are included in note 8. 
The Group also has a Save As You Earn scheme, now in its 
thirteenth year, under which employees are granted an 
option to purchase Ordinary shares in the Company in three 
years’ time, dependent upon their entering into a contract to 
make monthly contributions to a savings account over the 
relevant period. These savings are used to fund the option 
exercise value. The exercise price in respect of options 
issued in the year was at a 20.0% discount to the shares’ 
market value at the date of invitation. The scheme is open to 
all UK Group employees, including the Executive Directors. 
Details of the scheme are included in the Remuneration 
Committee report on pages 69 to 77.

Directors’ responsibilities statement
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual 
Report and Financial Statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law the 
Directors are required to prepare the Group and Company 
financial statements in accordance with international 
accounting standards in conformity with the requirements 
of the Companies Act 2006. Under company law the 
Directors must not approve the financial statements unless 
they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the 
state of affairs of the Group and the Company and of the 
profit or loss of the Company and the Group for that period.

In preparing these financial statements, the Directors are 
required to:

 > select suitable accounting policies and then apply 

them consistently;

 > make judgements and accounting estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent;

 > state whether applicable IFRS as adopted by the 

European Union have been followed, subject to any 
material departures disclosed and explained in the 
financial statements; and

 > prepare the financial statements on the going concern 

basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the 
Company will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for ensuring that the 
Annual Report provides information necessary to 
enable shareholders to assess the Company’s position, 
performance, business model and strategy.

80 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain 
the Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable 
accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company 
and the Group and enable them to ensure that the financial 
statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are 
also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company 
and the Group and hence for taking reasonable steps for the 
prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and 
integrity of the corporate and financial information included 
on the Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom 
governing the preparation and dissemination of financial 
statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Responsibility statement 
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

 > the financial statements, prepared in accordance with 

international accounting standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006, give a true and 
fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit 
or loss of the company and the undertakings included in 
the consolidation taken as a whole;

 > the strategic report includes a fair review of the 

development and performance of the business and the 
position of the company and the undertakings included 
in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a 
description of the principal risks and uncertainties that 
they face; and

 > the annual report and financial statements, taken as a 

whole, are fair, balanced and understandable and provide 
the information necessary for shareholders to assess the 
company’s position and performance, business model 
and strategy.

Disclosure of information to auditor
Each of the persons who is a Director at the date of approval 
of this Annual Report and Financial Statements confirms that:

 > so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit 

information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware; and

 > the Director has taken all the steps that he/she ought to 
have taken as a Director in order to make himself/herself 
aware of any relevant audit information and to establish 
that the Company’s auditor is aware of that information.

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in 
accordance with the provisions of Section 418 of the 
Companies Act 2006.

Resolutions concerning the re-appointment of Deloitte LLP 
as auditor and authorising the Audit Committee to set its 
remuneration will be proposed at the AGM.

Approval
The Strategic Report on pages 1 to 57 was approved by 
the Board of Directors on 23 September 2021.

Authorised by order of the Board

Jenny Farrer
Company Secretary
23 September 2021

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

81

The Directors’ ReportStreamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (“SECR”)

The Group is required under the Streamlined Energy and 
Carbon Reporting regulations to report how it manages its 
energy consumption and carbon emissions. This report 
forms part of the Directors’ report. Since last year we have 
published our direct Greenhouse Gas (“GHG”) emissions 
from sources that are controlled or owned by the Group 
(“Scope 1”) and indirect GHG emissions from the Group’s 
consumption of purchased electricity (“Scope 2”) emissions. 
This year, we have also begun collecting data on our 
“Scope 3” emissions, which are all emissions the Group 
is indirectly responsible for across its value chain.

Monitoring and reporting these emissions enables us to 
evaluate and minimise our impact on the natural environment, 
which supports us in our purpose to give the best possible 
care to animals. We have taken strong actions to increase 
our energy efficiency and reduce any adverse impact our 
business has on the planet.

Our energy efficiency actions

Increasing energy efficiency in our facilities
One of our strategic goals is to provide great facilities and 
equipment, and a key part of this is to ensure our facilities 
and operations are as energy-efficient as possible. In new 
facilities, such as Wetherby, we have stripped out “wet” 
heating systems, such as traditional radiators, and replaced 
with air-source heating systems which extract heat from the 
air, resulting in a reduction in carbon emissions. We have 
also replaced our older air conditioning units, which use 
R22 gas, with newer, safer and more energy efficient air 
conditioning solutions.

A greener approach to transport
We have reviewed our fleet vehicle lists, adding more Hybrid 
and Electric Vehicles (“EVs”) and capping all fossil fuel-reliant 
vehicles to 130g CO2 emissions. To support the future increase 
in EV and Hybrid vehicles, we have started installing several 
EV charging points at some of our sites, including at our 
Endell Equine Hospital. We are also preparing to install 
charging points at our Wetherby and Diss sites.

Using renewable sources
In January 2021, we switched all our UK practice sites to use 
electricity from 100% renewable sources. Our sites in the 
Netherlands have already been utilising renewable energy 
sources, and our Republic of Ireland sites were switched to 
renewable energy in August 2021.

Reducing the energy consumed by our equipment
All relocations and new builds are fitted with LED lights from 
the outset, combined with Passive Infrared (“PIR”) switches 
where appropriate, to ensure lights are not left on for longer 
than required. In our existing sites we continue to roll out an 
LED light replacement programme which sees all bulbs 
which expire across our estate being replaced with LEDs.

Where possible, all devices are set to hibernate after a short 
period of idle time, for example display monitors, computers 
and printers. 

We have briefed our suppliers to supply only A-rated 
appliances, such as refrigerators and washing equipment. 

82 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Our UK and Offshore energy usage and carbon emissions

Scope 1

2021
tCO2e
4,862

2020
tCO2e
6,748

Change (%)

Comments

-27.9% The reduction in these emissions arises 
from a significant reduction in transport 
emissions. This is predominantly a result in 
a reduction in business transport during the 
COVID-19 pandemic.

Scope 2

2,940

3,605

-18.4% The reduction in these emissions arises 

partly from the switch to renewable sources 
for all our UK veterinary practices in January 
2021 (half way through the financial year 
ended 30 June 2021). In addition, during the 
National lockdowns there was a reduction in 
procedures performed and support colleagues 
were required to work from home. 

Scope 3*

Total emissions

2

7,804

—

10,353

Total energy volume (kWhs)

38,929,681

46,587,155

100.0%

-24.6%

19.8%

Intensity Ratio (TCO2e)  
per £m revenue)

15.3

24.2

-36.8% The intensity ratio has decreased from the 
prior year, as a result of the full-year impact 
of changes to ways of working as a result 
of the COVID-19 pandemic, which only 
impacted the final quarter of the prior year. 

*  Data was not available for scope 3 in 2019/20.

Methodology
The Group has taken guidance from the UK Government’s Environmental Reporting Guidelines (March 2019), the 
Greenhouse Gas Protocol reporting standard, and from the UK Government’s Greenhouse Gas Conversion Factors 
for Company Reporting document for calculating carbon emissions. 

Energy usage information (gas and electricity) has been obtained directly from the Group’s energy suppliers and Half-Hourly 
Automated Meter Reading (“HH/AMR”) data, where available, for those suppliers with HH/AMR meters. For suppliers where 
energy usage data was not available for a full 12 months, flat profile estimation techniques were used to calculate the 
annual consumption. 

Exclusions
Transport mileage and/or fuel usage data was provided for the Group’s and colleagues’ owned vehicles. The Group did not 
record grey fleet mileage for the financial year ended 30 June 2021, however we have implemented a process to ensure this 
is recorded going forward. 

CO2 emissions were calculated using the appropriate emission factors from the UK Government’s UK Greenhouse Gas 
Conversion Factors and this is retained within the Group’s data file for reference where required.

Normalisation
The Group have chosen to report gross Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions in tonnes of CO2 equivalent (“tCO2e”) per £m revenue as 
this is a common metric used in corporate GHG reporting.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

83

The Directors’ ReportIndependent auditor’s report 
To the members of CVS Group plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements

1. Opinion
In our opinion the financial statements of CVS Group plc 
(the ‘parent company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘group’):

 > give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and 
of the parent company’s affairs as at 30 June 2021 and 
of the group’s profit for the year then ended;

 > have been properly prepared in accordance with 

international accounting standards in conformity with 
the requirements of the Companies Act 2006; and

3. Summary of our audit approach

Key audit 
matters

The key audit matter that we identified 
in the current year was:

• 

 Revenue Recognition – Healthy Pet Club

Within this report, key audit matters are 
identified as follows:

 > have been prepared in accordance with the requirements 

of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements which comprise:

 > the consolidated income statement;

Materiality

 > the consolidated statement of comprehensive income;

 > the consolidated and parent company statement of 

financial position;

Scoping

   Newly identified
   Increased level of risk
   Similar level of risk
   Decreased level of risk

The materiality that we used for the group 
financial statements was £2.5m which was 
determined on a range of measures based 
on various profit measures.

Our audit comprised of two components 
subject to full-scope audits and a further 
sixteen components subject to audit 
procedures on specified account 
balances. The remainder of the group was 
subject to review procedures only.

There have been no significant changes to 
our audit approach in the current year.

Significant 
changes  
in our 
approach

4. Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that 
the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting 
in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.

Our evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the group’s 
and parent company’s ability to continue to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting included:

 > Assessed the financing facilities available to group, 

including repayment date and likelihood of breaching 
financial covenants;

 > Evaluated the assumptions used in the forecasts, such 

as revenue growth, gross margin improvements and cash 
flow movements, and whether these are appropriate in 
line with historical performance;

 > Assessed the level of headroom in the financing facilities;

 > Assessed the arithmetical accuracy of the forecast model 
confirming consistent calculations are used throughout, 
using internal software;

 > the consolidated and parent company statements of 

changes in equity;

 > the consolidated and parent company statements of 

cash flow; and

 > the related notes 1 to 32.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied 
in their preparation is applicable law and international 
accounting standards in conformity with the requirements 
of the Companies Act 2006.

2. Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. 
Our responsibilities under those standards are further 
described in the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit 
of the financial statements section of our report. 

We are independent of the group and the parent company in 
accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to 
our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the 
Financial Reporting Council’s (the ‘FRC’s’) Ethical Standard as 
applied to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is 
sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

84 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

4. Conclusions relating to going concern continued
 > Assessed the historical accuracy of forecasts through comparing actual performance to forecast, to assess the historical 

accuracy of forecasts prepared by management; and

 > Assessed the appropriateness of the going concern disclosures.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions 
that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the group’s and parent company’s ability to continue as a 
going concern for a period of at least twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

In relation to the reporting on how the group has applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material 
to add or draw attention to in relation to the Directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether the Directors 
considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant 
sections of this report.

5. Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the 
financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement 
(whether or not due to fraud) that we identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall 
audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion 
thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

5.1.  Healthy Pet Club – Revenue Recognition 

Key audit 
matter 
description

The group earns revenue via the Healthy Pet Club (“HPC”) scheme whereby customers sign up for 
a monthly or annual direct debit arrangement in exchange for a range of preventative products and 
treatments at a discount to the standalone selling price. The group recognised £60.4m (FY20: £46.8m) 
of HPC revenue during the year and has 450,000 (FY20: 415,000) active members as at the year-end. 

The revenue recognition for this scheme is judgemental since IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with 
Customers requires revenue to be recorded either at a point in time or over time according to when the 
performance obligation is satisfied, which in the case of HPC revenue is not aligned to the timing of cash 
receipts. Revenue must also be adjusted for anticipated animal deaths (whereby outstanding fees will be 
waived) and irrecoverable debts. Additional adjustments are increasingly required for treatments that were 
missed due to a combination of COVID-19 restrictions and customers missing appointments naturally.

The group’s accounting policy is to record revenue according to the cost profile associated to providing 
the services offered in the scheme, as disclosed in note 2 to the financial statements, and due to the 
complexities outlined above there is a risk that revenue recognition is not in accordance with IFRS 15, 
‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’.

In response to the key audit matter, we performed the following procedures:

 > Obtained an understanding of management’s controls around HPC revenue recognition.

 > Recalculated the revenue accrual/deferral for all customers and compared this to management’s own figure.

 > Assessed the appropriateness of deferring HPC revenue as a result of missed treatments against 

IFRS 15 requirements.

 > Performed an assessment of management’s assumptions in calculating the deferral, which include 
the use of both reminder data and actual sales data to estimate the quantities of missed treatments.

 > Recalculated the revenue deferral for a sample of customers based on their specific payment and 

pricing information and compared to management’s calculation.

 > Checked that, in instances of missed treatments that the customer would not catch up on, deferred 

income had been appropriately released to reflect the fact that membership fees are non-refundable 
and the group has no obligation to return amounts to customers.

How the 
scope of our 
audit 
responded to 
the key audit 
matter

Key 
observations

Based on the audit procedures performed, we concluded that revenue recognition in respect of the HPC 
is in accordance with IFRS 15.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

85

Financial Statements 
Independent auditor’s report continued

6. Our application of materiality
6.1. Materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the 
economic decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both 
in planning the scope of our audit work and in evaluating the results of our work.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Materiality

£2.5m (FY20: £1.6m).

£2.3m (FY20: £1.4m).

Group financial statements

Parent company financial statements

Basis for determining 
materiality

Rationale for the 
benchmark applied

3.8% (FY20: 4.0%) of adjusted pre-tax profit.

1.5% (FY20: 1.5%) of net assets.

Parent company materiality was determined 
based on 1.5% of net assets, and capped at 85% 
of group materiality.

We considered adjusted pre-tax profit of 
£66.2m (note 10) and revenue of £510.1m 
(consolidated income statement) when 
determining materiality, as well as the growth 
of the business (as indicated by revenue 
growth) versus FY20. Adjusted pre-tax profit 
is calculated as profit before tax adjusted for 
amortisation, costs associated with business 
combinations and exceptional items.

This is consistent with the prior year.

We have considered both revenue and 
adjusted pre-tax profit, reflecting the metrics 
that are deemed to be of most importance to 
stakeholders, as disclosed within note 2.

As a holding company, net assets was considered 
the most relevant benchmark to users of the 
parent company financial statements.

96+4++U

 Adjusted PBT

 Group materiality

Adjusted PBT 
£66m

Group materiality 
£2.5m

Component 
materiality range 
£0.7m to £1.5m

Audit Committee 
reporting threshold 
£0.1m

6.2. Performance materiality
We set performance materiality at a level lower than materiality to reduce the probability that, in aggregate, uncorrected 
and undetected misstatements exceed the materiality for the financial statements as a whole. 

Group financial statements

Parent company financial statements

Performance 
materiality

70% (FY20: 70%) of group materiality.

70% (FY20: 70%) of parent company materiality.

Basis and rationale for 
determining 
performance 
materiality

We have assessed the quality of the group’s 
overall control environment, as well as the low 
volume of corrected and uncorrected 
misstatements in the previous audit.

The assessment at a group level is also 
applicable for the parent company, also noting 
that minimal entries are made in the parent 
company reducing the risk of material 
misstatement.

6.3. Error reporting threshold
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to the Committee all audit differences in excess of £0.1m (FY20: £0.1m), 
as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. We also report to the Audit 
Committee on disclosure matters that we identified when assessing the overall presentation of the financial statements.

86 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

7. An overview of the scope of our audit
7.1. Identification and scoping of components
Our group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the group and its environment, including group-wide 
controls, and assessing the risks of material misstatement.

We have focused our work on the UK-based subsidiaries which account for 83% (FY20: 85%) of the group’s revenue, 83% 
(FY20: 86%) of group’s expenses and 90% (FY20: 86%) of net assets. We have subjected two components to full-scope audits 
and a further sixteen components to audits of specified account balances. The remainder of the group, including components 
located overseas, were subject to review procedures only. We have followed a similar approach in the prior year audit.

All audit work was carried out by the UK engagement team, with no reliance of components auditors. Testing was 
performed to component materiality ranging from £0.7m to £1.5m (FY20: £0.3m to £1.4m).

The coverage achieved by this strategy is as follows:

17%

Revenue

61+

 Full scope audits 

22%

61%

17%

Expenses

U62+

 Review at Group level

62%

21%

4%

10%

Net assets

U86+

86%

 Specified account balances 

8. Other information
The other information comprises the information included in the Annual Report, other than the financial statements and our 
auditor’s report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information contained within the Annual Report.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly 
stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially 
inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of our audit, or otherwise appears to be 
materially misstated.

If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this 
gives rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we 
conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

9. Responsibilities of Directors
As explained more fully in the Directors’ responsibilities statement, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the 
financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the Directors 
determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether 
due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the parent company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going 
concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

87

Financial Statements22
+
17
+
+
21
+
17
+
+
4
+
10
+
+
U
Independent auditor’s report continued

10. Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and 
to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not 
a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs 
(UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered 
material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could 
reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions 
of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of 
the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description 
forms part of our auditor’s report.

11. Extent to which the audit was considered 
capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance 
with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with 
our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material 
misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. 
The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting 
irregularities, including fraud is detailed below. 

11.1. Identifying and assessing potential risks related to 
irregularities
In identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement in 
respect of irregularities, including fraud and non-compliance 
with laws and regulations, we considered the following:

 > the nature of the industry and sector, control environment 
and business performance including the design of the 
group’s remuneration policies, key drivers for Directors’ 
remuneration, bonus levels and performance targets;

 > the group’s own assessment of the risks that irregularities 

may occur either as a result of fraud or error; 

 > results of our enquiries of management, internal audit and 
the Audit Committee about their own identification and 
assessment of the risks of irregularities; 

 > any matters we identified having obtained and reviewed 

the group’s documentation of their policies and 
procedures relating to:

 > identifying, evaluating and complying with laws and 
regulations and whether they were aware of any 
instances of non-compliance; 

 > detecting and responding to the risks of fraud and 

whether they have knowledge of any actual, suspected 
or alleged fraud; 

 > the matters discussed among the audit engagement team 
and relevant internal specialists, including tax, valuations 
and IT specialists regarding how and where fraud might 
occur in the financial statements and any potential 
indicators of fraud.

As a result of these procedures, we considered the 
opportunities and incentives that may exist within the 
organisation for fraud and identified the greatest potential 
for fraud in the following area: Revenue Recognition – 
Healthy Pet Club. In common with all audits under ISAs (UK), 
we are also required to perform specific procedures to 
respond to the risk of management override.

We also obtained an understanding of the legal and 
regulatory frameworks that the group operates in, focusing 
on provisions of those laws and regulations that had a direct 
effect on the determination of material amounts and 
disclosures in the financial statements. The key laws and 
regulations we considered in this context included the 
Companies Act, AIM listing rules, corporate governance 
code, pensions legislation and tax legislation.

In addition, we considered provisions of other laws and 
regulations that do not have a direct effect on the financial 
statements but compliance with which may be fundamental 
to the group’s ability to operate or to avoid a material 
penalty. These included the group’s compliance with the 
RCVS regulations applicable to all practices and qualified 
nurses, GDPR, Veterinary Surgeons Act 1966, Animal Welfare 
Act 2006, Veterinary Medicines Regulations 2013 and The 
Animal Act 1986. 

11.2. Audit response to risks identified
As a result of performing the above, we identified Revenue 
Recognition – Healthy Pet Club as a key audit matter related 
to the potential risk of fraud. The key audit matters section of 
our report explains the matter in more detail and also 
describes the specific procedures we performed in 
response to that key audit matter. 

In addition to the above, our procedures to respond to risks 
identified included the following:

 > reviewing the financial statement disclosures and testing 
to supporting documentation to assess compliance with 
provisions of relevant laws and regulations described as 
having a direct effect on the financial statements;

 > enquiring of management, the Audit Committee and 

external legal counsel concerning actual and potential 
litigation and claims;

 > performing analytical procedures to identify any unusual 
or unexpected relationships that may indicate risks of 
material misstatement due to fraud;

 > reading minutes of meetings of those charged with 

 > the internal controls established to mitigate risks of fraud 

or non-compliance with laws and regulations; and

governance, reviewing internal audit reports and reviewing 
correspondence with HSE and RCVS; 

 > reviewing the disclosures in the Audit Committee Report 

on pages 65 and 66; and

88 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

11. Extent to which the audit was considered 
capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud 
continued
11.2. Audit response to risks identified continued
 > in addressing the risk of fraud through management 

override of controls, testing the appropriateness of journal 
entries and other adjustments; assessing whether the 
judgements made in making accounting estimates are 
indicative of a potential bias; and evaluating the business 
rationale of any significant transactions that are unusual 
or outside the normal course of business.

We also communicated relevant identified laws and 
regulations and potential fraud risks to all engagement team 
members including internal specialists, and remained alert 
to any indications of fraud or non-compliance with laws and 
regulations throughout the audit.

Report on other legal and 
regulatory requirements

12. Opinions on other matters prescribed by the 
Companies Act 2006
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course 
of the audit:

 > the information given in the strategic report and the 
Directors’ report for the financial year for which the 
financial statements are prepared is consistent with 
the financial statements; and

 > the Strategic Report and the Directors’ report have been 

prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the 
group and the parent company and their environment 
obtained in the course of the audit, we have not identified 
any material misstatements in the strategic report or the 
Directors’ report.

13. Corporate Governance Statement
Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we 
have concluded that each of the following elements of the 
Corporate Governance Statement is materially consistent 
with the financial statements and our knowledge obtained 
during the audit: 

 > the Directors’ statement with regards to the 

appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis 
of accounting and any material uncertainties identified 
set out on page 79;

 > the Directors’ explanation as to its assessment of the 

group’s prospects, the period this assessment covers and 
why the period is appropriate set out on page 79;

 > the Directors’ statement on fair, balanced and 

understandable set out on page 81;

 > the Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust 
assessment of the emerging and principal risks set out 
on page 50;

 > the section of the Annual Report that describes the review 
of effectiveness of risk management and internal control 
systems set out on pages 50 to 57; and

 > the section describing the work of the Audit Committee 

set out on pages 65 and 66.

14. Matters on which we are required to report by 
exception
14.1. Adequacy of explanations received and accounting 
records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report 
to you if, in our opinion:

 > we have not received all the information and explanations 

we require for our audit; or

 > adequate accounting records have not been kept by the 
parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have 
not been received from branches not visited by us; or

 > the parent company financial statements are not in 
agreement with the accounting records and returns.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

14.2. Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to 
report if in our opinion certain disclosures of Directors’ 
remuneration have not been made.

We have nothing to report in respect of this matter.

15. Use of our report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, 
as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken 
so that we might state to the Company’s members those 
matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report 
and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by 
law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone 
other than the Company and the Company’s members as a 
body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions 
we have formed.

Lee Welham FCA (Senior statutory auditor)
For and on behalf of Deloitte LLP
Statutory Auditor
Cambridge, United Kingdom
23 September 2021

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

89

Financial StatementsConsolidated income statement
for the year ended 30 June 2021

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Administrative expenses

Operating profit
Finance expense

Profit before income tax
Income tax expense

Profit for the year attributable to owners of the parent

Earnings per Ordinary share (expressed in pence per share) (“EPS”)
Basic
Diluted

All activities derive from continuing operations.

Note

4
6

6

5

4
9

2021 
£m

510.1
(288.2)

221.9
(181.8)

40.1
(7.0)

33.1
(13.8)

19.3

10
10

27.3p
27.1p

2020 
£m

427.8
(257.7)

170.1
(151.6)

18.5
(8.6)

9.9
(4.2)

5.7

8.1p
8.1p

Reconciliation of adjusted financial measures
The Directors believe that an adjusted profit measure, being adjusted Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and 
Amortisation (“EBITDA”), provides additional useful information for shareholders on performance. This is used for internal 
performance analysis. This measure is not defined by IFRS and is not intended to be a substitute for, or superior to, IFRS 
measurements of profit. The following table is provided to show the comparative EBITDA after adjusting for costs relating 
to business combinations, impairment and exceptional items.

Non-GAAP measure: adjusted EBITDA 

Profit before income tax

Adjustments for:

Finance expense
Depreciation and impairment of tangible and right-of-use assets1
Amortisation of intangible assets
Costs relating to business combinations2
Exceptional items1

Adjusted EBITDA

1.

Impairments in the year ended 30 June 2020 are shown in exceptional items.

2. 

Includes amounts paid in respect of acquisitions in prior years expensed to the income statement.

Note

5
13, 14
12
4
6

4

2021 
£m

33.1

7.0
24.3
23.8
9.3
—

97.5

2020 
£m

9.9

8.6
24.2
22.2
0.7
5.4

71.0

90 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended 30 June 2021

Note

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income – items that will or may be reclassified to profit or loss in future periods
Cash flow hedges:
  Net movement on cash flow hedge
  Cost of hedging reserve
Deferred tax on cash flow hedge and available-for-sale financial assets
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

24 

Other comprehensive loss for the year, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to owners of the parent

2021 
£m

19.3

0.9
(0.4)
(0.1)
(0.7)

(0.3)

19.0

2020 
£m

5.7

(1.5)
0.5
0.2
0.6

(0.2)

5.5

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

91

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated and Company statement of financial position
as at 30 June 2021

Company registration number: 06312831

Non-current assets
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets
Investments
Deferred income tax assets
Amounts owed by Group undertakings

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Current income tax receivable
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Provisions
Lease liabilities
Current income tax liabilities
Borrowings

Non-current liabilities
Borrowings
Lease liabilities
Derivative financial instruments
Deferred income tax liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Shareholders’ equity
Share capital
Share premium
Capital redemption reserve
Treasury reserves
Cash flow hedge reserve
Cost of hedging reserve
Merger reserve
Retained earnings

Total equity

Group 
2021
£m

Group 
2020
£m

Company 
2021 
£m

Company 
2020 
£m

Note 

12
13
14
16
24
32

19
20

4

21
22
14

23

23
14
17
24

4

25
26

228.4
57.4
97.2
0.1
—
—
383.1

19.5
48.1
0.1
33.7

101.4

484.5

(86.0)
(3.9)
(8.6)
—
—

(98.5)

(83.9)
(90.2)
(0.4)
(20.4)

(194.9)

(293.4)

191.1

0.1
103.1
0.6
—
(0.5)
0.1
(61.4)
149.1

191.1

229.8
51.6
98.1
0.1
1.1
—
380.7

18.7
43.4
—
21.5

83.6

—
—
—
71.6
—
82.3
153.9

—
—
—
—

—

—
—
—
69.4
—
81.6
151.0

—
—
—
—

—

464.3

153.9

151.0

(87.7)
(5.0)
(8.8)
(0.4)
(0.1)

(102.0)

(83.5)
(89.8)
(0.9)
(21.5)

(195.7)

(297.7)

166.6

0.1
101.9
0.6
(0.3)
(1.4)
0.5
(61.4)
126.6

166.6

—
—
—
—
—

—

—
—
—
—

—

—

—
—
—
—
—

—

—
—
—
—

—

—

153.9

151.0

0.1
103.1
0.6
—
—
—
—
50.1

153.9

0.1
101.9
0.6
—
—
—
—
48.4

151.0

The Company reported a total comprehensive loss for the financial year ended 30 June 2021 of £0.5m (2020: £0.4m). 

The notes on pages 97 to 134 are an integral part of these consolidated and Company financial statements.

The financial statements on pages 90 to 134 were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 23 September 2021 
and were signed on its behalf by:

Richard Fairman 
Director  

Robin Alfonso
Director

92 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 30 June 2021

At 1 July 2020
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income 
and losses
Cash flow hedges:
  Fair value income/(loss)
Deferred tax on cash flow 
hedge and available-for-sale 
financial assets
Exchange differences on 
translation of foreign operations
Total other comprehensive 
(loss)/income
Total comprehensive income/
(loss)
Transactions with owners
Issue of Ordinary shares
Disposal of treasury reserve
Credit to reserves for 
share-based payments
Deferred tax relating to 
share-based payments

Total transactions 
with owners
At 30 June 2021

Note

Share 
capital
£m
0.1
—

Share 
premium 
£m
101.9
—

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m
0.6
—

Treasury 
reserve 
£m
(0.3)
—

Cash flow
hedge
 reserve
£m
(1.4)
—

Cost of
hedging
reserve
£m
0.5
—

Revaluation 
reserve 
£m
—
—

Merger 
reserve 
£m
(61.4)
—

Retained 
earnings 
£m
126.6
19.3

Total 
equity 
£m
166.6
19.3

—

—

—

—

—

—
25
25  —

11

 24

—

—

—
0.1

—

—

—

—

—

1.2
—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
—

—

—

1.2
103.1

—
0.6

—

—

—

—

—

—
0.3

—

—

0.3
—

0.9

(0.4)

—

—

0.9

0.9

—
—

—

—

—
(0.5)

—

—

(0.4)

(0.4)

—
—

—

—

—
0.1

—

—

—

—

—

—
—

—

—

—
—

—

—

—

—

—

—
—

—

—

—

0.5

(0.1)

(0.1)

(0.7)

(0.7)

(0.8)

(0.3)

18.5

19.0

—
—

2.2

1.8

1.2
0.3 

2.2

1.8

—
(61.4)

4.0
149.1

5.5
191.1

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

93

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity continued
for the year ended 30 June 2021

At 1 July 2019
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income 
and losses
Cash flow hedges:
  Fair value (loss)/income
Deferred tax on cash flow 
hedge and available-for-sale 
financial assets
Exchange differences on 
translation of foreign operations
Total other comprehensive 
(loss)/income
Total comprehensive income/
(loss)
Transactions with owners
Issue of Ordinary shares
Reclassification between 
reserves
Disposal of revaluation reserve
Disposal of treasury reserve
Credit to reserves for 
share-based payments
Deferred tax relating to 
share-based payments
Dividends to equity holders 
of the Company
Total transactions 
with owners
At 30 June 2020

Note

Share 
capital
£m
0.1
—

Share 
premium 
£m
99.7
—

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m
0.6
—

Treasury 
reserve 
£m
—
—

Cash flow
hedge
 reserve
£m
—
—

Cost of
hedging
reserve
£m
—
—

Revaluation 
reserve 
£m
0.1
—

Merger 
reserve 
£m
(61.4)
—

Retained 
earnings 
£m
124.0
5.7

Total 
equity 
£m
163.1
5.7

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
—
—

—

25

11

24  —

25

—

—

—

—

—

—

0.1

2.1
—
—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
—
—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(2.1)
—
1.8

—

—

—

(1.4)

0.5

—

—

(1.4)

(1.4)

—

—
—
—

—

—

—

—

—

0.5

0.5

—

—
—
—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
(0.1)
—

—

—

—

—

(0.1)

(1.0)

—

—

—

—

—

—
—
—

—

—

—

0.2

0.6

0.7

6.4

—

—
—
(0.9)

0.9

0.1

0.2

0.6

(0.2)

5.5

0.1

—
(0.1)
0.9

0.9

0.1

(3.9)

(3.9)

—
0.1

2.2
101.9

—
0.6

(0.3)
(0.3)

—
(1.4)

—
0.5

(0.1)
—

—
(61.4)

(3.8)
126.6

(2.0)
166.6

94 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 30 June 2021

At 1 July 2020

Total comprehensive loss for the year

Transactions with owners
Issue of Ordinary shares
Credit to reserves for share-based payments
Dividends to equity holders of the Company

Total transactions with owners

At 30 June 2021

At 1 July 2019

Total comprehensive loss for the year

Transactions with owners
Issue of Ordinary shares
Credit to reserves for share-based payments
Dividends to equity holders of the Company

Total transactions with owners

At 30 June 2020

Note

25
11
25

Note

25
11
25

Share 
capital
£m

0.1

—

—
—
—

—

0.1

Share 
capital
£m

0.1

—

—
—
—

—

0.1

Share 
premium 
£m

101.9

—

1.2
—
—

1.2

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m

0.6

—

—
—
—

—

Retained
 earnings 
£m

48.4

(0.5)

—
2.2
—

2.2

Total
 equity 
£m

151.0

(0.5)

1.2
2.2
—

3.4

103.1

0.6

50.1

153.9

Share 
premium 
£m

101.8

—

0.1
—
—

0.1

101.9

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m

0.6

—

—
—
—

—

0.6

Retained
 earnings 
£m

51.8

(0.4)

—
0.9
(3.9)

(3.0)

48.4

Total
 equity 
£m

154.3

(0.4)

0.1
0.9
(3.9)

(2.9)

151.0

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

95

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated and Company statement of cash flow
for the year ended 30 June 2021

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from/(used in) operations
Taxation paid
Interest paid
Exceptional items paid

Net cash generated from/(used in) operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Business combinations (net of cash acquired)
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of intangible assets

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Dividends paid
Proceeds from issue of Ordinary shares
Proceeds from sale of Treasury shares
Repayment of obligations under right-of-use assets
Debt issuance costs
Repayment of borrowings
Increase of borrowings

Net cash (used in)/generated from financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

Note

28

15
13

12

25
 25

Group 
2021 
£m

80.3
(13.0)
(7.1)
—

60.2

(19.4)
(16.1)
0.6
(0.5)

(35.4)

—
1.2
0.3
(13.0)
—
(1.1)
—

(12.6)

12.2
21.5

33.7

Group 
2020 
£m

Company 
2021 
£m

Company 
2020 
£m

94.8
(9.5)
(7.0)
(0.7)

77.6

(7.2)
(11.1)
—
(1.3)

(19.6)

(3.9)
0.1
0.9
(14.2)
(1.7)
(65.2)
35.0

(49.0)

9.0
12.5

21.5

(1.2)
—
—
—

(1.2)

—
—
—
—

—

—
1.2
—
—
—
—
—

1.2

—
—

—

3.9
—
—
—

3.9

—
—
—
—

—

(3.9)
—
—
—
—
—
—

(3.9)

—
—

—

96 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 30 June 2021

1. General information
The principal activity of the Group is to operate veterinary practices, complementary veterinary diagnostic businesses, pet 
crematoria and an online pharmacy and retail business. The principal activity of the Company is that of a holding company.

CVS Group plc is a public limited company incorporated under the Companies Act 2006 and domiciled in England and 
Wales and its shares are quoted on AIM of the London Stock Exchange. Its company registration number is 06312831.

Companies in the consolidated financial statements
The trading subsidiary undertakings included within the consolidation are as follows:

Name of subsidiary

Principal business

Country of incorporation

Scotland
Veterinary services and buying club
Albavet Limited
England and Wales
Online dispensary
Animed Direct Limited
England and Wales
Veterinary diagnostic services
Axiom Veterinary Laboratories Limited
England and Wales
Veterinary services
B&W Equine Group Limited
The Netherlands
Veterinary services
Coen Dierenarts B.V.
Republic of Ireland
Holding company
CVS (Ireland) Veterinary Services Limited
Republic of Ireland
Veterinary services
CVS (Ireland) Veterinary Services No.2 Limited
The Netherlands
Holding company
CVS (Netherlands) B.V.
The Netherlands
Veterinary services
CVS Netherlands No2 B.V.
England and Wales
Veterinary and diagnostic services
CVS (UK) Limited
The Netherlands
Veterinary services
Dierenartsenpraktijk NOP B.V.
The Netherlands
Veterinary services
Dierenartsenpraktijk Zuid-West Friesland B.V.
The Netherlands
Veterinary services
Dierenkliniek Schalekamp B.V.
The Netherlands
Veterinary services
Dierenziekenhuis Drachten B.V.
The Netherlands
Veterinary services
Diergeneeskundig Centrum Noord Nederland B.V.
England and Wales
Veterinary services
Endell Veterinary Group Limited
England and Wales
Animal cremation
Greenacres Pet Crematorium Limited
England and Wales
Veterinary services
Highcroft Pet Care Limited
The Netherlands
Veterinary services
Kliniek voor Gezelschapsdieren Dieren B.V.
England and Wales
Veterinary goods and services buying club
Mi Vet Club Limited
England and Wales
Veterinary services
Okeford Veterinary Centre Limited
England and Wales
Veterinary services
Pet Doctors Limited
England and Wales
Veterinary services
Pet Emergency Treatment Services Limited
England and Wales
Veterinary services
Pet Vaccination Clinic Limited
Veterinary diagnostic services
England and Wales
Precision Histology International Limited
Animal cremation and provision of burial grounds England and Wales
Rossendale Pet Crematorium Limited
England and Wales
Ruddington and East Leake Veterinary Centre Limited Veterinary services
England and Wales
Veterinary services
Severn Edge Equine Limited
England and Wales
Veterinary services
Severn Edge Farm Limited
Veterinary services
Severn Edge Veterinary Group Limited
England and Wales
Animal cremation and provision of burial grounds England and Wales
Silvermere Haven Limited
England and Wales
Veterinary services
Silverton Veterinary Practice Limited
England and Wales
Property development
Sustainable Developments (SW) Limited
England and Wales
Animal cremation
The Pet Crematorium Limited
England and Wales
Animal cremation
Valley Pet Crematorium Limited
England and Wales
Veterinary instrumentation supply
Vet Direct Services Limited
England and Wales
Animal cremation
Whitley Brook Crematorium for Pets Limited
England and Wales
Veterinary services
Your Vets (Holdings) Limited

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

97

Financial Statements1. General information continued
Companies in the consolidated financial statements continued
The dormant subsidiary undertakings included within the consolidation are as follows:

Name of subsidiary
Alcock Veterinary Services Limited*
Alnorthumbria Veterinary Practice Ltd*
Arbury Road Vets Limited*
Animal Health Centre Limited
Ambivet Ltd
Astonlee Limited
Beechwood Animalcare Limited*
BVCM Limited*
Campsie Veterinary Centre Ltd*
Charter Veterinary Hospital Group Limited
Cinder Hill Equine Clinic Limited
Corner House Equine Clinic Limited
Cromlynvets Limited
Darboe and Baily Limited
Enterprise Veterinary Services Limited
Greendale Veterinary Diagnostics Limited
Greensands Veterinary Clinic Limited
Gurka Animal Care Limited
Insight Laboratory Services Limited
Keown O’Neill Limited
Newlands Veterinary Group Limited
Pet Vaccination UK Limited
Pets Holding Limited
Pharmsure UK Limited
Polmont Veterinary Clinic Limited
Severn Edge Holdings Limited
Slate Hall Veterinary Practice Limited
Slate Hall Veterinary Services Limited
St Elmo Veterinary Clinic Ltd*
Superstar Pets Limited
Three Valleys Veterinary Ltd*
Total Veterinary Services Limited
Vet Direct Holdings Limited
Veterinary Enterprises & Trading Limited
Vetisco Limited*
Weighbridge Referral Service Limited
Western Counties Equine Hospital Limited
White Lodge Veterinary Centre Ltd
Wyatt Poultry Veterinary Services Limited

*  Companies in liquidation. 

 Country of incorporation
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
Scotland
Northern Ireland
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
Northern Ireland
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
Northern Ireland
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
Scotland
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
Northern Ireland
England and Wales
Northern Ireland
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
Scotland
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales

Apart from CVS (UK) Limited, all of the above subsidiaries are indirectly held by CVS Group plc. 

100% of the Ordinary share capital is owned for all equity shareholdings and therefore all are wholly owned.

98 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 20211. General information continued
Companies in the consolidated financial statements continued
The registered office for all United Kingdom registered subsidiary undertakings is CVS House, Owen Road, Diss, Norfolk IP22 4ER, 
with the exception of the following companies:

Name of subsidiary
Albavet Limited
Alcock Veterinary Services Limited
Alnorthumbria Veterinary Practice Ltd
Arbury Road Vets Limited
Axiom Veterinary Laboratories Limited
Beechwood Animalcare Limited
BVCM Limited
Campsie Veterinary Centre Limited
Cromlynvets Limited
Keown O’Neill Limited
Polmont Veterinary Clinic Limited
Precision Histology International Limited
St Elmo Veterinary Clinic Limited
Three Valleys Veterinary Ltd
Vetisco Limited

 Registered office address
24 Nicol Street, Kirkcaldy, Fife KY1 1NY
King Street House, 15 Upper King Street, Norwich NR3 1RB
King Street House, 15 Upper King Street, Norwich NR3 1RB
King Street House, 15 Upper King Street, Norwich NR3 1RB
The Manor House, Brunel Road, Newton Abbot, Devon TQ12 4PB
King Street House, 15 Upper King Street, Norwich NR3 1RB
The Vision Building, 20 Greenmarket, Dundee DD1 4QB
17 Clarendon Road, Belfast BT1 3BG
50 Old Coach Road, Hillsborough, County Down BT26 6PB
11 Church Street, Ballygawley, Co. Tyrone BT70 2HA
Boness Road, Polmont, Falkirk FK2 0XZ
The School House, One Eyed Lane, Weybread, Diss, Norfolk IP21 5TT
17 Clarendon Road, Belfast BT1 3BG
17 Clarendon Road, Belfast BT1 3BG 
The Vision Building, 20 Greenmarket, Dundee DD1 4QB

The registered office for all Netherlands registered subsidiary undertakings is Postbus 176, 8300 AD Emmeloord. The registered 
office for all Republic of Ireland registered subsidiary undertakings is KPMG, Dockgate, Dock Road, Galway H91 V6RR.

Parent company guarantee
The following wholly owned subsidiaries are exempt from the requirements of the UK Companies Act 2006 relating to the 
audit of individual accounts by virtue of Section 479A of the Act.

Name of subsidiary

Albavet Limited
Axiom Veterinary Laboratories Limited
B&W Equine Group Limited
Charter Veterinary Hospital Group Limited
Endell Veterinary Group Limited
Greenacres Pet Crematorium Limited
Greendale Veterinary Diagnostics Limited
Highcroft Pet Care Limited
Insight Laboratory Services Ltd
Mi Vet Club Limited
Okeford Veterinary Centre Limited
Pet Vaccination UK Ltd
Pet Vaccination Clinic Limited
Pets Holding Limited
Pets Emergency Treatment Services Limited
Rossendale Pet Crematorium Limited
Ruddington and East Leake Veterinary Centre Limited
Severn Edge Equine Limited
Severn Edge Farm Limited
Severn Edge Holdings Limited
Severn Edge Veterinary Group Limited
Silvermere Haven Limited
Silverton Veterinary Practice Limited

 Company registration number

SC275059
02526935
06777468
12941058
08078309
07877237
05138112
07238070
06353163
08365201
05984705
05391973
03252801
11161672
03586933
01409643
04551334
09524486
09521408
09522086
09523786
02187947
08101117

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

99

Financial Statements1. General information continued
Parent company guarantee continued

Name of subsidiary

Slate Hall Veterinary Services Ltd
Sustainable Developments (SW) Limited
The Pet Crematorium Limited
Valley Pet Crematorium Limited
Vet Direct Services Limited
Vet Direct Holdings Limited
Veterinary Enterprises & Trading Ltd
Whitley Brook Crematorium for Pets Limited
Wyatt Poultry Veterinary Services Ltd
Your Vets (Holdings) Ltd

 Company registration number

08390276
05174372
03442460
04961306
05167635
06746630
03495054
04734723
05780117
07071834

2. Summary of significant accounting policies
Basis of preparation
The consolidated and Company financial statements of CVS Group plc have been prepared in accordance with international 
accounting standards and in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. The consolidated financial 
statements have been prepared on a going concern basis and under the historical cost convention, except for certain 
financial instruments and share-based payments that have been measured at fair value.

After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in 
operational existence for the foreseeable future. For this reason, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing 
these financial statements. Further details are provided in the Directors’ report on pages 78 to 81. 

The accounting policies set out below have, unless otherwise stated, been applied consistently to all years presented in these 
financial statements. The accounting policies which follow relate to the Group and are applied by the Company as appropriate.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make judgements, estimates 
and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and expenses. 
The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to 
be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form a basis for making the judgements about carrying values 
of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making 
assumptions and estimates, actual outcomes will differ from those assumptions and estimates.

Judgement: Leases
Management exercises judgement in determining the likelihood of exercising break or extension options in determining the 
lease term.

When determining the lease term in accordance with IFRS 16, ‘Leases’, paragraphs 18–21, management has applied the 
following policy for all leases: 

a) 

 for properties in contract, the lease term has been determined to be the period to the end of the contractual lease term;

b)   for properties out of contract and therefore occupied on a rolling basis, in accordance with legislation that permits this, 

the lease term has been determined to be 7.5 years from the end of the contractual lease term; and

c) 

 for properties where management has committed to close the site, the lease term is determined to be until the next 
break clause.

Refer to note 14 for additional disclosures related to leases.

100 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 20212. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Critical accounting estimates and judgements continued
Accounting estimate: Research and Development Expenditure Tax Credit (“RDEC”) 
The Group has recognised income in relation to claims made by the Group under HM Revenue & Customs’ RDEC scheme 
in respect of costs relating to qualifying Research and Development (“R&D”) activities. The income is recognised when there 
is reasonable assurance that the Group will comply with the relevant conditions of the scheme and that the tax credits will 
be received, which can be some time after the original expense is incurred. The Group’s assessment of eligible expenditure 
and qualifying activities must align with the definition of R&D for RDEC purposes. The Group has considered the facts and 
circumstances relating to each company’s claim in order to make a judgement as to whether compliance is reasonably 
assured and therefore receipt is reasonably certain. As this is the first time the Group has claimed under this regime the 
Group has applied an estimated discount to the gross claim of £3.9m and recognised only £2.0m in the current year. The 
unrecognised amount is therefore £1.9m, which will be recognised when uncertainty has been removed either via formal 
acceptance of the claim or the expiry of the enquiry window. 

Changes in accounting policies and disclosure
Standards adopted by the Group for the first time
A number of new and revised standards, including the following, are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 
1 January 2020: 

 > Amendment to IFRS 16, ‘Leases’ – COVID-19 Related Rent Concessions (and from 1 April 2021 COVID-19 Related Rent 

Concessions beyond 30 June 2021)

 > Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16 ‘Interest Rate Benchmark Reform’ – Phase 1

 > Amendments to References to the Conceptual Framework in IFRS Standards

 > Amendments to IFRS 3, ‘Definition of a Business’

Adoption of these standards has not had an impact on the Group’s financial statements.

Standards and interpretations to existing standards which are not yet effective and are under review as to their impact on 
the Group
The following standards and interpretations to existing standards have been published that are mandatory for the Group’s 
accounting periods beginning on or after 1 July 2021 or later periods but which the Group has not early adopted:

 > Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16 ‘Interest Rate Benchmark Reform’ – Phase 2 (effective 1 January 2021)

 > Amendments to IAS 16, ‘Property, Plant and Equipment’ – Proceeds Before Intended Use (effective 1 January 2022)

 > Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018–2020 (effective 1 January 2022)

 > Amendments to IFRS 3, ‘Reference to the Conceptual Framework’ (effective 1 January 2022)

 > Amendments to IAS 37, ‘Onerous Contracts – Cost of Fulfilling a Contract’ (effective 1 January 2022)

 > Amendments to IFRS 17, ‘Insurance Contracts’ (effective 1 January 2023)

 > Amendments to IAS 1, ‘Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current’ (effective 1 January 2023)

 > Amendments to IAS 8, ‘Definition of Accounting Estimates’ (effective 1 January 2023)

 > Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2, ‘Disclosure of Accounting Policies’ (effective 1 January 2023)

 > Amendments to IAS 12, ‘Deferred Tax Related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction’ (effective 1 January 2023)

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the financial information of the Company and its subsidiary undertakings as 
at and for the year ended 30 June 2021.

Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The results of companies and businesses acquired are included 
in the consolidated income statement from the date control passes. They are deconsolidated from the date that control 
ceases. On acquisition of a company or business, all assets and liabilities that exist at the date of acquisition are recorded 
at their fair values, reflecting their condition at that date. All changes to those assets and liabilities, and the resulting gains 
and losses, which arise after the Group has gained control of the company or business, and that arise after the 
measurement period, are credited or charged to the post-acquisition income statement.

Intra-group transactions and profits are eliminated fully on consolidation. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been 
aligned to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

101

Financial Statements2. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Segment reporting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting to the Chief Operating Decision Maker 
(“CODM”). The CODM has been determined to be the Board of Directors, as it is primarily responsible for the allocation of 
resources to segments and the assessment of the performance of segments. The Group has four operating segments: 
Veterinary Practices, Laboratories, Crematoria and Online Retail Business. Further details of the Group’s operating segments 
are provided in note 4 to the financial statements.

Business combinations
Acquisitions of subsidiaries and businesses are accounted for using the acquisition method. The consideration transferred 
in a business combination is measured at fair value, which is calculated as the sum of the acquisition date fair values of 
assets transferred by the Group and liabilities incurred by the Group to the former owners of the acquiree. Acquisition 
related costs are recognised in the income statement as incurred. At the acquisition date, the identifiable assets acquired 
and the liabilities assumed are recognised at their fair value.

Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum of the consideration transferred over the net of the acquisition date amounts 
of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. If, after reassessment, the net of the acquisition date amounts 
of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed exceeds the sum of the consideration transferred, the excess is 
recognised immediately in the income statement as a bargain purchase gain.

When the consideration transferred by the Group in a business combination includes an asset or liability resulting from a 
contingent or deferred consideration arrangement, this additional consideration is measured at its acquisition date fair value and 
included as part of the consideration transferred in a business combination. Changes in fair value of the contingent or deferred 
consideration that qualify as measurement period adjustments are adjusted retrospectively, with corresponding adjustments 
against goodwill. Measurement period adjustments are adjustments that arise from additional information obtained during the 
“measurement period” (which cannot exceed one year from the acquisition date) about facts and circumstances that existed at 
the acquisition date. Contingent or deferred consideration that is classified as an asset or a liability is remeasured at subsequent 
reporting dates in accordance with IFRS 9, ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’, or IAS 37, ‘Provisions, Contingent 
Liabilities and Contingent Assets’, as appropriate, with the corresponding gain or loss being recognised in the income statement.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost (being the purchase cost, together with any incidental costs of acquisition) 
less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. The assets’ residual values and useful lives are 
reviewed annually, and adjusted as appropriate. Depreciation is provided so as to write off the cost of property, plant and 
equipment, less their estimated residual values, over the expected useful economic lives of the assets in equal annual 
instalments at the following principal rates:

Freehold buildings 

2% straight line

Leasehold improvements   

Straight line over the life of the lease 

Fixtures, fittings and equipment 

20%–33% straight line

Motor vehicles 

25% straight line

Freehold land is not depreciated on the basis that it has an unlimited life.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when 
it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be 
measured reliably. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the income statement during the financial year in which 
they are incurred.

Intangible assets
Goodwill
With the exception of the acquisition of CVS (UK) Limited, which was accounted for using the principles of merger accounting, 
all business combinations are accounted for by applying the acquisition method. Goodwill arising on acquisitions that have 
occurred since 1 July 2004 is stated after separate recognition of intangible assets and represents the difference between 
the fair value of the purchase consideration and the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets of an acquired 
entity. In respect of acquisitions prior to 1 July 2004 goodwill is included on the basis of its deemed cost, which represents 
the amount recorded under previous Generally Accepted Accounting Practice. Goodwill is carried at cost less accumulated 
impairment losses, and is subject to annual impairment testing.

102 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2021 
 
 
2. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Intangible assets continued
Computer software
Acquired computer software licences are capitalised on the basis of the costs incurred to acquire and bring into use the 
specific software. These costs are amortised over their estimated useful lives of three years and charged to administrative 
expenses. Costs associated with maintaining computer software programs are recognised as an administrative expense 
as incurred.

Patient data records and trade names
Acquired patient data records and trade names are recognised as intangible assets at the fair value of the consideration 
paid to acquire them and are carried at historical cost less provisions for amortisation and impairment. The fair value 
attributable to these items acquired through a business combination is determined by discounting the expected future 
cash flows to be generated from that asset at the risk-adjusted post-tax weighted average cost of capital for the Group. 
The residual values are assumed to be £nil. Patient data records and trade names are reviewed for impairment if conditions 
exist that indicate a review is required. Amortisation is provided so as to write off the cost over the expected economic lives 
of the asset in equal instalments at the following principal rates:

Patient data records  

Trade names 

10% per annum 

10% per annum

Amortisation is charged to administrative expenses.

Impairment of non-current assets
Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation but are tested annually for impairment. Assets 
that are subject to amortisation or depreciation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised in the income statement for 
the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount.

As permitted by IAS 36 Impairment of Assets for the purposes of assessing impairment, individual cash-generating units 
(“CGUs”) are grouped at a level consistent with the Group’s operating segments. Recoverable amounts for CGUs are based 
on value in use, which is calculated from cash flow projections using data from the Group’s latest internal forecasts, being 
a one-year detailed forecast and extrapolated forecasts thereafter, the results of which are approved by the Board. The key 
assumptions for the value-in-use calculations are those regarding discount rates and growth rates.

In respect of assets other than goodwill, an impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used 
to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount 
does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, if no 
impairment loss had been recognised. Impairment losses in respect of goodwill are not reversed.

Inventories
Inventories comprise goods held for resale and are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value on a first in, first out 
basis. Net realisable value is based on estimated selling price less costs expected to be incurred on disposal. Where 
necessary, provision is made for obsolete, slow moving or defective inventory.

Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised on the Group’s consolidated and Company statement of financial 
position when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost, less provision 
for impairment. A provision for impairment of trade and other receivables is recognised if there are considered to be 
expected credit losses. The amount of expected credit losses is updated at each reporting date to reflect changes in credit 
risk since initial recognition of the financial asset. Losses arising from impairment are recognised in the income statement 
within administration expenses.

Investments
Gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of available-for-sale investments in equity instruments that have a 
quoted market price are recognised directly in other comprehensive income until the security is disposed of or is determined 
to be impaired, at which time the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in equity is included in the net result for the year.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

103

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
2. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Financial instruments continued
Investments continued
In accordance with IFRS 9, available-for-sale investments in equity instruments that do not have a quoted market price 
in an active market and whose fair value cannot be reliably measured are measured at cost. The Group assesses at each 
consolidated and Company statement of financial position date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset 
or a group of financial assets is impaired.

Dividends on an available-for-sale equity instrument are recognised in the income statement when the Group’s right 
to receive payment is established.

In the Company’s financial statements, investments in subsidiary undertakings are initially stated at cost. Provision is made 
for any permanent impairment in the value of these investments.

Financial liabilities and equity
Financial liabilities and equity instruments are classified according to the substance of the contractual arrangements 
entered into. Financial liabilities are obligations to pay cash or other financial assets and are recognised when the Group 
becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. Financial liabilities are recorded initially at fair value and 
subsequently at amortised cost using the effective interest method, with interest related charges recognised as an expense 
in finance cost in the income statement. A financial liability is derecognised only when the obligation is extinguished. An 
equity instrument is any contract that gives a residual interest in the assets of the Group after deducting all of its liabilities.

Interest-bearing borrowings
Interest-bearing bank loans and overdrafts are initially recorded as the proceeds received, net of associated transaction costs. 
Subsequent to initial recognition, interest-bearing borrowings are stated at amortised cost with any difference between cost 
and redemption value being recognised in the income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest 
method. Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the 
liability for at least twelve months after the consolidated and Company statement of financial position date.

Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are non-interest bearing and are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured 
at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Equity instruments
Equity instruments issued by the Company are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities
The Group uses derivative financial instruments to hedge its exposure to interest rate risks arising from financing activities. 
The Group does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading purposes; however, if derivatives do not qualify 
for hedge accounting they are accounted for as such.

In September 2019, the IASB issued Interest Rate Benchmark Reform (Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7). These 
amendments modify specific hedge accounting requirements to allow hedge accounting to continue for affected hedges 
during the period of uncertainty before the hedged items or hedging instruments affected by the current interest rate 
benchmarks are amended as a result of the ongoing interest rate benchmark reforms.

The application of the amendments impacts the Group’s accounting in relation to a Sterling-denominated fixed rate 
debt which it fair value hedge accounts using Sterling fixed to GBP LIBOR interest rate swaps. The amendments permit 
continuation of hedge accounting even if in the future the hedged benchmark interest rate, GBP LIBOR, may no longer 
be separately identifiable. However, this relief does not extend to the requirement that the designated interest rate risk 
component must continue to be reliably measurable. If the risk component is no longer reliably measurable, the 
hedging relationship is discontinued.

Derivative financial instruments are recognised and stated at fair value. The fair value of derivative financial instruments is 
determined by reference to market values for similar financial instruments, by discounted cash flows, or by the use of option 
valuation models. The fair value of interest rate swap arrangements is calculated as the present value of the estimated future 
cash flows. Where derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting, any gains or losses on remeasurement are immediately 
recognised in the income statement.

Where derivatives qualify for hedge accounting, recognition of any resultant gain or loss depends on the nature of the 
hedge relationship and the item being hedged.

104 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 20212. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Financial instruments continued
Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities continued
The Group documents at the inception of the transaction the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, 
as well as its risk management objectives, the strategy for undertaking various hedging transactions, the nature of the risks 
being hedged and the economic relationship between the item being hedged and the hedging instrument. The Group also 
documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether or not the derivatives that are 
used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged items.

The fair value of a hedging derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the 
hedged item is more than twelve months and as a current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item 
is less than twelve months.

Cash flow hedging
Derivative financial instruments are classified as cash flow hedges when they hedge the Group’s exposure to variability in 
cash flows that are either attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognised asset or liability, or a highly probable 
forecasted transaction.

The effective element of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is 
recognised in other comprehensive income. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately 
in the income statement where material. Amounts accumulated in equity are recycled in the income statement in the 
periods when the hedged item affects the income statement. The classification of the effective portion when recognised 
in the income statement is the same as the classification of the hedged transaction. Any element of the remeasurement of 
the derivative instrument which does not meet the criteria for an effective hedge is recognised immediately in the income 
statement within finance costs.

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any 
cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised in the income statement when 
the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in the income statement. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected 
to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the income statement.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and deposits with maturities of three months or less from inception. 
Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form an integral part of the Group’s cash management are included 
as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purposes of the consolidated and Company statement of cash flow.

Current and deferred income tax
The tax expense represents the sum of the current tax payable, deferred tax and any adjustments in respect of previous periods.

The current tax payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from profit before income tax as 
reported in the income statement because it excludes some items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible 
in other years and it further excludes items that are never taxable or tax deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is 
calculated on the basis of tax laws and tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the consolidated and 
Company statement of financial position date. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect 
to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation and establishes provisions where appropriate on 
the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred tax is provided in full, using the balance sheet liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax 
bases of assets and liabilities used in computation of taxable profits and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial 
statements. However, deferred tax is not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction 
other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss. 
Deferred tax is also not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of goodwill. Deferred tax is determined using tax rates 
(and laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the consolidated and Company statement of financial position 
date and are expected to apply when the related deferred tax asset is realised or the deferred tax liability is settled.

Current and deferred tax is charged or credited in the income statement, except where it relates to items charged or 
credited directly to other comprehensive income or equity, in which case the deferred tax is also recognised in other 
comprehensive income or equity respectively.

Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which 
the temporary differences can be utilised.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

105

Financial Statements2. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Current and deferred income tax continued
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against 
current tax liabilities and when the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation 
authority on either the taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net 
basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Revenue recognition
Revenue is measured in accordance with relevant accounting standards. For all contracts within the scope of IFRS 15, 
‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’, the Group determines whether enforceable rights and obligations have been 
created with the customer and recognises revenue based on total transaction price as estimated at the contract inception, 
being the amount which the Group expects to be entitled to and has present enforceable rights under contract. Revenue is 
allocated proportionately across the contract performance obligations and recognised either over time or at a point in time 
as appropriate.

Service revenue
Revenue represents sales of veterinary services, laboratory diagnostic services and crematoria services which are 
recognised in accordance with IFRS 15, at the point in time when the performance obligation is satisfied. Revenue is 
recognised when the veterinary consultation, veterinary procedure, laboratory test or cremation is completed.

Members of customer loyalty schemes, for example the Healthy Pet Club, pay annually or monthly subscription fees and 
receive preventative consultations and treatments over a twelve-month period, being the life of the contract. Annual 
subscription fees are received annually in advance and monthly subscription fees are received evenly over a twelve-month 
period. Revenue is recognised in line with the cost profile of individual performance obligations as they are completed in 
accordance with the contract and not in line with the receipt of subscription fees. For the majority of customers who pay 
monthly this results in revenue recognised in advance of cash received as performance obligations are weighted towards 
the beginning of the twelve-month contract. 

The adjustments are made through deferred and accrued income and the contract asset and contract liability for this are 
shown in note 20 and note 21, respectively. Revenue is recognised net of the provision to reflect cancellations as a result of 
animal deaths, due to our policy not to invoice our customers in such an event. The provision is calculated based on historical 
membership data. All other cancellations are accounted for as an impairment of receivables within administration expenses.

Products
Revenue relating to the sale of veterinary products is recognised according to the terms of sale, at the point in time when 
the performance obligations are satisfied.

Rebates received from manufacturers
Consistent with standard industry practice, the Group has agreements with suppliers whereby volume related allowances 
and various other fees are received in connection with the purchase of goods from those suppliers in the form of rebates. 
Rebates received from drug and consumable manufacturers in respect of the Group’s purchases relating to inventories are 
held by the Group at the reporting date; the rebate is included within the cost of those inventories and recognised in cost of 
sales upon sale of those inventories.

Rebates negotiated on behalf of our buying group members, MiVetClub and VetShare, are recorded in the statement of 
financial position as a receivable and the corresponding liability for the rebate due to the member is recorded as a payable. 
The commission receivable by the Group is recorded as revenue in the income statement when all obligations attached to 
the rebate have been discharged and the rebate can be measured reliably based on the terms of the contract which is taken 
as at the point at which the buying group member purchases the drugs and consumables.

Leases
The Group as a lessee
The Group assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease, at inception of the contract. The Group recognises a right-of-use 
asset and a corresponding lease liability with respect to all lease arrangements in which it is the lessee, except for short-term 
leases (defined as leases with a lease term of twelve months or less) and leases of low-value assets (such as tablets and personal 
computers, small items of office furniture and telephones). For these leases, the Group recognises the lease payments as an 
operating expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease unless another systematic basis is more representative 
of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased assets are consumed.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement 
date, discounted by using the rate implicit in the lease. If this rate cannot be readily determined, the lessee uses its incremental 
borrowing rate.

106 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 20212. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Leases continued
The Group as a lessee continued
Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise:

 > fixed lease payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable;

 > variable lease payments that depend on an index or rate, initially measured using the index or rate at the commencement date;

 > the amount expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value guarantees;

 > the exercise price of purchase options, if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise the options; and

 > payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the exercise of an option to terminate the lease.

The lease liability is presented as a separate line in the consolidated statement of financial position.

The lease liability is subsequently measured by increasing the carrying amount to reflect interest on the lease liability 
(using the effective interest method) and by reducing the carrying amount to reflect the lease payments made.

The Group remeasures the lease liability (and makes a corresponding adjustment to the related right-of-use asset) whenever:

 > the lease term has changed or there is a significant event or change in circumstances resulting in a change in the 

assessment of exercise of a purchase option, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised 
lease payments using a revised discount rate;

 > the lease payments change due to changes in an index or rate or a change in expected payment under a guaranteed 

residual value, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using an unchanged 
discount rate (unless the lease payments change is due to a change in a floating interest rate, in which case a revised 
discount rate is used); and 

 > a lease contract is modified and the lease modification is not accounted for as a separate lease, in which case the lease 
liability is remeasured based on the lease term of the modified lease by discounting the revised lease payments using a 
revised discount rate at the effective date of the modification.

The right-of-use assets comprise the initial measurement of the corresponding lease liability, lease payments made at 
or before the commencement day, less any lease incentives received and any initial direct costs. They are subsequently 
measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.

Whenever the Group incurs an obligation for costs to dismantle and remove a leased asset, restore the site on which it 
is located or restore the underlying asset to the condition required by the terms and conditions of the lease, a provision 
is recognised and measured under IAS 37. To the extent that the costs relate to a right-of-use asset, the costs are included 
in the related right-of-use asset, unless those costs are incurred to produce inventories.

Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter period of lease term and useful life of the underlying asset. If a lease 
transfers ownership of the underlying asset or the cost of the right-of-use asset reflects that the Group expects to exercise 
a purchase option, the related right-of-use asset is depreciated over the useful life of the underlying asset. The depreciation 
starts at the commencement date of the lease.

The right-of-use assets are presented as a separate line in the consolidated statement of financial position.

The Group applies IAS 36 to determine whether a right-of-use asset is impaired and accounts for any identified impairment 
loss as described in the “Property, plant and equipment” policy.

Variable rents that do not depend on an index or rate are not included in the measurement of the lease liability and the 
right-of-use asset. The related payments are recognised as an expense in the period in which the event or condition that 
triggers those payments occurs and are included in “Other operating expenses” in the income statement.

As a practical expedient, IFRS 16 permits a lessee not to separate non-lease components, and instead account for any 
lease and associated non-lease components as a single arrangement. The Group has not used this practical expedient. 
For a contract that contains a lease component and one or more additional lease or non-lease components, the Group 
allocates the consideration in the contract to each lease component on the basis of the relative stand-alone price of the 
lease component and the aggregate stand-alone price of the non-lease components.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

107

Financial Statements2. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Government grants
Government grants are not recognised until there is reasonable assurance that the Group will comply with the conditions 
attaching to them and that the grants will be received.

Government grants are recognised in the income statement on a systematic basis over the periods in which the Group 
recognises as expenses the related costs for which the grants are intended to compensate.

Government grants that are receivable as compensation for expenses or losses already incurred or for the purpose of giving 
immediate financial support to the Group with no future related costs are recognised in the income statement in the period 
in which they become receivable.

Certain companies within the Group may be entitled to claim tax credits in relation to the Research and Development 
Expenditure Tax Credit (“RDEC”) scheme in the UK. Tax credits receivable under this scheme are determined to have the 
substance of a government grant and accordingly these tax credits are accounted for under IAS20, ‘Accounting for 
Government Grants’, as described above. The tax credits are recognised within other income within the Income statement 
when there is reasonable assurance that the Group will comply with the relevant conditions and that the tax credits will be 
received.

Share-based payments
Certain employees of the Group receive part of their remuneration in the form of share-based payment transactions, whereby 
employees render services in exchange for shares or rights over shares (equity-settled transactions). UK employees may 
also acquire shares in the Company through an HMRC-approved employee Save As You Earn scheme (“SAYE”), where the 
employee makes monthly savings over a three-year period and has the option to purchase shares at the end of the period.

The fair values of equity-settled transactions are measured indirectly at the dates of grant using Black Scholes or Monte Carlo 
option pricing models, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the awards are granted. The fair value of 
share-based payments under such schemes is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the 
Group’s estimate of shares that will eventually vest and adjusted at each reporting date for the effect of non-market-based 
vesting conditions. The fair value of options awarded to employees of subsidiary undertakings is recognised as a capital 
contribution and recorded in investments on the Company statement of financial position.

Foreign currency translation
Functional and presentational currency
The individual financial statements of each Group company are presented in the currency of the primary economic 
environment in which it operates (its functional currency). For the purpose of the consolidated financial statements, the 
results and financial position of each Group company are expressed in Sterling, which is the functional currency of the 
Company, and the presentation currency for the consolidated financial statements, rounded to the nearest £0.1m.

In preparing the financial statements of the individual companies, transactions in currencies other than the entity’s 
functional currency (foreign currencies) are recognised at the rates of exchange prevailing on the dates of the transactions. 
At each consolidated and Company statement of financial position date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated 
in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing at that date. Non-monetary items carried at fair value that are 
denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rates prevailing at the date when the fair value was determined. 
Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are not retranslated.

Exchange differences are recognised in the income statement in the period in which they arise.

For the purpose of presenting consolidated financial statements, the assets and liabilities of the Group’s foreign operations 
are translated at exchange rates prevailing on the consolidated and Company statement of financial position date. Income 
and expense items are translated at the average exchange rates for the period, unless exchange rates fluctuate significantly 
during that period, in which case the exchange rates at the date of transactions are used. Exchange differences arising, 
if any, are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in a separate component of equity.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the 
foreign entity and translated at the closing rate. The Group has elected to treat goodwill and fair value adjustments arising 
on acquisitions before the date of transition to IFRS as Sterling-denominated assets and liabilities. Exchange differences 
arising are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Retirement benefit costs
The Group makes contributions to stakeholder and employee personal pension defined contribution schemes in respect of 
certain employees. The Group has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. The contributions 
are recognised as an employee benefit expense in the period to which they relate. Prepaid contributions are recognised as 
an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the future payments is available.

108 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 20212. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Financing costs
Financing costs comprise interest payable on borrowings, debt finance costs, finance cost on the right-of-use lease liability, 
and gains and losses on derivative financial instruments that are recognised in the income statement.

Interest expense is recognised in the income statement as it accrues, using the effective interest method.

Use of non-GAAP measures
Adjusted EBITDA, adjusted Profit Before Tax (“adjusted PBT”) and adjusted Earnings Per Share (“adjusted EPS”)
The Directors believe that adjusted EBITDA, adjusted PBT and adjusted EPS provide additional useful information for shareholders 
on the Group’s underlying performance. These measures are used by the Board and management for planning and internal 
reporting and are aligned to our strategy and KPIs. A subset is also used by management in setting Director and management 
remuneration. The measures are also used in discussions with the investment analyst community. These measures are not 
defined by IFRS and therefore may not be directly comparable with other companies’ adjusted measures. They are not 
intended to be a substitute for, or superior to, IFRS measurements of profit or earnings per share.

Adjusted EBITDA is calculated by reference to profit before income tax, adjusted for interest (net finance expense), 
depreciation, amortisation, costs relating to business combinations and exceptional items.

Adjusted profit before income tax is calculated as profit before amortisation, taxation, costs relating to business 
combinations and exceptional items.

Adjusted earnings per share is calculated as adjusted profit before income tax less applicable taxation divided 
by the weighted average number of Ordinary shares in issue in the period.

Like-for-like sales
Like-for-like sales comprise the revenue generated from all operations compared to the prior year. Revenue is included in 
the like-for-like calculation with effect from the month in which it was acquired in the previous year adjusted for the number 
of working days; for example, for a practice acquired in September 2019, revenue is included from September 2020 in the 
like-for-like revenue calculation.

Net debt
Net debt is calculated as borrowings less gross cash and unamortised borrowing costs. 

Share premium
The share premium reserve comprises the premium received over the nominal value of shares issued.

Treasury reserve
The treasury reserve comprises shares held by an Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”) for the purposes of satisfying the exercise 
of certain share options vesting under the Group’s Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) and SAYE schemes.

Capital redemption reserve
Upon cancellation of redeemable Preference shares on redemption, a capital redemption reserve was created representing 
the nominal value of the shares cancelled. This is a non-distributable reserve.

Merger reserve
The merger reserve resulted from the acquisition of CVS (UK) Limited and represents the difference between the value 
of the shares acquired (nominal value plus related share premium) and the nominal value of the shares issued.

Loss for the financial year
As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 the Company has elected not to present its own income 
statement or statement of comprehensive income for the year. The loss attributable to the Company is disclosed in the 
footnote to the consolidated and Company statement of financial position.

3. Financial risk management
Financial risk factors
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (being foreign currency risk, interest rate risk and other price 
risks), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial 
markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. The Group uses derivative 
instruments to manage its exposure to interest rate movements. It is not the Group’s policy to actively trade in derivatives.

Given the size of the Group, the Board monitors financial risk management. The policies set by the Board of Directors are 
implemented by the Group’s finance department.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

109

Financial Statements3. Financial risk management continued
Financial risk factors continued
a) Market risk
i) Foreign exchange currency rate risk
The Group has limited exposure to foreign exchange risk as the majority of its transactions are denominated in the 
Company’s functional currency of Sterling. The Group has a policy to minimise foreign exchange currency rate risk through 
the regular monitoring of foreign currency flows. Currency exposures are reviewed regularly and all significant foreign 
exchange transactions are approved by Group management. For subsidiaries incorporated in the Netherlands and the 
Republic of Ireland, a natural hedge is applied where both revenue and expenditure is denominated in Euros. Aside from 
this, the Group does not hedge any foreign currency transactions but continues to keep this policy under review.

ii) Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk
The Group has interest-bearing assets and liabilities. The Group’s income and operating cash inflows are substantially 
independent of changes in market interest rates. The Group’s interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings. Borrowings 
issued at variable rates expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk.

At the year end, the Group had interest hedging arrangements in place covering £70.0m of debt. This allows the Group 
to minimise its exposure to significant interest rate increases whilst enabling the Group to take advantage of interest rate 
reductions. The strategy for undertaking the hedge is to match a portion of the loan liability with a coterminous derivative that 
allows interest to float within an agreed range and thereby limits the cash flow exposure relating to interest.

Excluding the impact of the interest rate swap arrangement, bank borrowings bear interest at 1.45% to 2.7% above LIBOR. 
The applicable interest rate is dependent upon the net debt to EBITDA ratio. During the year the bank borrowings carried a rate 
averaging 1.55% above LIBOR.

At 30 June 2021, the Group has considered the impact of movements in interest rates over the past year and has concluded 
that a 1% movement is a reasonable benchmark. At 30 June 2021, if interest rates on Sterling-denominated borrowings had 
been 1% higher or lower, with all other variables held constant, post-tax profit and the movement in net assets for the year 
would have been approximately £0.8m (2020: £1.1m) lower or higher, mainly as a result of the movement in interest rates on 
the floating rate borrowings, net of the hedging derivative instrument in place.

b) Credit risk
Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost, less provision for 
impairment. A provision for impairment of trade receivables is recognised on trade receivables if there is considered to be 
expected credit losses. The amount of expected credit losses is calculated using the simplified approach as allowable under 
IFRS 9 and is updated at each reporting date to reflect changes in credit risk since initial recognition of the financial asset. 
Losses arising from impairment are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income in other operating expenses. 

The credit risk on liquid funds and derivative financial instruments is limited because the counterparties are banks with high 
credit ratings assigned by international credit rating agencies.

Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited due to the Group’s diverse customer base. Sales 
made other than on a cash basis are limited to a small part of the Group’s overall business, and within these business areas 
the Group has appropriate credit checking facilities and procedures in place. Customer accounts are also monitored on an 
ongoing basis and appropriate action is taken where necessary to minimise any credit risk. The Directors therefore believe 
there is no further credit risk provision required in excess of normal provision for impaired receivables.

The maximum exposure to credit risk at 30 June 2021 is the fair value of each class of receivable as disclosed in note 20 
to the financial statements.

c) Liquidity risk
Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and marketable securities and the availability of 
funding through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities. The Group actively maintains cash balances and a 
mix of long-term and short-term finance facilities that are designed to ensure the Group has sufficient available funds 
for operations and acquisitions. Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Group’s liquidity reserve on the basis of 
expected cash flow. The table below summarises the remaining contractual maturity for the Group’s financial liabilities. 
The amounts shown are the contractual undiscounted cash flows, which include interest, analysed by contractual maturity. 
When the amount payable or receivable is not fixed, the amount disclosed has been determined by reference to the 
projected interest rates as illustrated by the yield curves existing at the reporting date.

110 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 20213. Financial risk management continued
Financial risk factors continued
c) Liquidity risk continued

30 June 2021

Non-derivative financial liabilities
Borrowings
Trade and other payables (excluding 
social security and other taxes)
Right-of-use liabilities

30 June 2020

Non-derivative financial liabilities
Borrowings
Trade and other payables (excluding 
social security and other taxes)
Right-of-use liabilities

In less than 
one year 
£m

Note

In more than 
one year but 
not more than 
two years 
£m

In more than 
two years but 
not more than 
three years 
£m

In more than 
three years but 
not more than 
five years 
£m

In more than 
five years
£m

Total 
£m

21
14

—

69.1
12.4

81.5

—

85.0

—
14.2

14.2

—
13.2

98.2

—

—
23.7

23.7

—

85.0

—
57.2

57.2

69.1
120.7

274.8

In less than 
one year 
£m

Note

In more than 
one year but 
not more than 
two years 
£m

In more than 
two years but 
not more than 
three years 
£m

In more than 
three years but 
not more than 
five years 
£m

In more than 
five years
£m

21
14

0.1

59.4
12.6

72.1

—

—
13.9

13.9

—

—
12.5

12.5

85.0

—
22.5

107.5

—

—
59.8

59.8

Total 
£m

85.1

59.4
121.3

265.8

Capital risk management
The Group’s policy is to maintain a strong capital base, defined as bank facilities plus total shareholders’ equity, so as to 
maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to sustain future development of the business. Within this overall 
policy, the Group seeks to maintain an optimum capital structure by a mixture of debt and retained earnings.

The bank facilities include financial covenants and a number of general undertakings. There have been no breaches of 
the terms of the respective loan agreements, breaches of covenants or defaults during the current or comparative years.

Funding needs are reviewed periodically and also each time a significant acquisition is made. A number of factors are 
considered which include the bank test net debt/bank test EBITDA ratio, future funding needs (usually potential acquisitions) 
and Group banking arrangements.

Bank test net debt
Bank test EBITDA

Ratio

2021 
£m

51.3
75.5

0.68

2020 
£m

63.6
55.9

1.14

The ratio above is calculated for the bank covenants as drawn bank debt less cash at bank divided by adjusted EBITDA 
annualised for the effect of acquisitions, including costs relating to business combinations and excluding share option 
costs, prior to the adoption of IFRS 16. Adjusted EBITDA is profit before income tax, adjusted for interest (net finance 
expense), depreciation, amortisation, costs relating to business combinations and exceptional items.

There were no changes to the Group’s approach to capital management during the year.

The primary sources of funding for the Group are internally generated cash and syndicated borrowings. The Group’s £5.0m 
overdraft facility and £85.0m revolving credit facility were undrawn at 30 June 2021.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

111

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3. Financial risk management continued
Fair value measurement
The following table presents the Group’s financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value at 30 June 2021 
by level of fair value hierarchy:

 > quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1);

 > inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly 

(that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (level 2); and

 > inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs) (level 3).

Assets
Available-for-sale financial assets

Note

16

30 June 2021

30 June 2020

Level 1 
£m

Level 2 
£m

Total 
£m

Level 1 
£m

Level 2 
£m

0.1

—

0.1  

0.1

—

Total 
£m

0.1

4. Segment reporting
Segment information is presented in respect of the Group’s business and geographical segments. The primary format, 
operating segments, is based on the Group’s management and internal reporting structure and monitored by the Group’s 
CODM. Inter-segment pricing is determined on an arm’s length basis.

Segment results, assets and liabilities include items directly attributable to a segment as well as those that can be allocated 
on a reasonable basis. Unallocated items comprise mainly interest-bearing borrowings and associated costs, taxation 
related assets and liabilities, costs relating to business combinations, and Head Office salary and premises costs.

Geographical segments
The business operates predominantly in the UK. As at 30 June 2021, it has 25 veterinary practices in the Netherlands and 
6 in the Republic of Ireland. It performs a small amount of laboratory work for Europe-based clients and until December 2020 
the Online Retail Business distributed a small quantity of goods to European countries. In accordance with IFRS 8, ‘Operating 
Segments’, no segment results are presented for trade with European clients as these are not reported separately for 
management reporting purposes and are not considered material for separate disclosure.

Revenue comprises £359.3m of fees and £150.8m of goods (2020: £293.6m and £134.2m respectively). Revenue from 
contracts totalled £60.4m in the year (2020: £46.8m). 

Operating segments
The Group is split into four operating segments (Veterinary Practices, Laboratories, Crematoria and Online Retail Business) 
and a centralised support function (Head Office) for business segment analysis. In identifying these operating segments, 
management generally follows the Group’s service lines representing its main products and services.

Each of these operating segments is managed separately as each segment requires different specialisms, marketing 
approaches and resources. Intra-group sales eliminations are included within the Head Office segment. Head Office 
includes costs relating to the employees, property and other overhead costs associated with the centralised support 
function together with finance costs arising on the Group’s borrowings.

112 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4. Segment reporting continued
Operating segments continued

Year ended 30 June 2021

Revenue
Profit/(loss) before income tax
Adjusted EBITDA
Total assets
Total liabilities

Reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA
Profit/(loss) before income tax
Finance expense
Depreciation and impairment of tangible 
and right-of-use assets
Amortisation
Costs relating to business combinations

Adjusted EBITDA

Year ended 30 June 2020

Revenue
Profit/(loss) before income tax
Adjusted EBITDA
Total assets
Total liabilities

Reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA
Profit/(loss) before income tax
Finance expense
Depreciation1
Amortisation
Costs relating to business combinations
Exceptional items (note 6)1

Adjusted EBITDA

Veterinary 
Practices 
£m

453.4
49.5
98.4
422.4
(179.8)

49.5
4.1

22.7
14.0
8.1

98.4

Veterinary 
Practices 
£m

384.1
26.9
72.3
401.5
(176.8)

26.9
4.1
21.7
14.7
0.2
4.7

72.3

1.  

Impairments in the year ended 30 June 2020 are shown in exceptional items.

5. Finance expense

Interest expense on bank loans and overdraft
Interest expense on IFRS 16 lease liabilities
Amortisation of debt arrangement fees

Finance expense

Laboratories 
£m

Crematoria 
£m

Online Retail 
Business 
£m

Head Office 
£m

28.0
8.4
9.1
32.7
(4.0)

8.4
—

0.7
—
—

9.1

8.0
2.4
2.8
16.9
(1.4)

2.4
—

0.4
—
—

2.8

41.7
2.7
2.9
10.9
(3.4)

2.7
—

—
0.2
—

2.9

(21.0)
(29.9)
(15.7)
1.6
(104.8)

(29.9)
2.9

0.5
9.6
1.2

(15.7)

Laboratories 
£m

Crematoria 
£m

Online Retail 
Business 
£m

Head Office 
£m

21.1
5.0
5.8
22.6
(2.8)

5.0
—
0.8
—
—
—

5.8

7.2
2.1
2.5
14.0
(1.4)

2.1
—
0.4
—
—
—

2.5

32.1
2.4
2.5
22.6
(17.7)

2.4
—
0.1
—
—
—

2.5

(16.7)
(26.5)
(12.1)
3.6
(99.0)

(26.5)
4.5
1.2
7.5
0.5
0.7

(12.1)

2021
£m

2.5
4.1
0.4

7.0

Group 
£m

510.1
33.1
97.5
484.5
(293.4)

33.1
7.0

24.3
23.8
9.3

97.5

Group 
£m

427.8
9.9
71.0
464.3
(297.7)

9.9
8.6
24.2
22.2
0.7
5.4

71.0

2020
£m

3.5
4.1
1.0

8.6

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

113

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6. Expenses by nature

Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets1
Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets1
Employee benefit expenses
Cost of inventories recognised as an expense (included in cost of sales)
Repairs and maintenance expenditure on property, plant and equipment
Trade receivables impairment charge
Exceptional items1
Grant income
RDEC income
Other expenses

Note

12
13, 14
7

20

2021
£m

23.8
24.3
231.5
117.5
5.3
0.7
—
—
(2.0)
68.9

2020
£m

23.3
24.2
198.0
99.9
4.4
2.5
5.4
(8.2)
—
59.8

Total cost of sales and administrative expenses

470.0

409.3

1. 

Impairments in the year ended 30 June 2020 are shown in exceptional items.

There was no grant income in 2021 relating to the UK Government’s Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme (2020: £8.2m). 

There were no exceptional items in the year ended 30 June 2021. During the year ended 30 June 2020, exceptional items 
included costs associated with the Board restructure which amounted to £0.7m and impairment of goodwill and patient 
data records in relation to the disposal of Ashburn veterinary clinic of £0.5m. In addition, £4.2m included within exceptional 
items related to the impairment of patient data records, property, plant and equipment, right-of-use assets, dilapidation 
provisions and redundancy provisions which all specifically relate to the costs associated with the closures of 33 sites. The 
closure of these sites is considered as exceptional and non-recurring following a review of our portfolio of practices during 
the COVID-19 pandemic lockdown. The decision was taken for these sites to remain closed as they were considered our 
worst performing practices. These costs are not related to the underlying performance of the business and for this reason 
are disclosed as exceptional items. These costs are included within net operating expenses and are shown above. These 
costs have been deducted in arriving at taxable profit as disclosed in note 9 with the exception of impairment of patient 
data records, which has been offset by a deferred tax release.

Services provided by the Company’s auditor and associates
During the year the Group obtained the following services from the Company’s auditor at costs as detailed below:

Audit services
Fees payable to the Group’s auditor for:
  The audit of the parent company and consolidated financial statements
  The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

164
326

490

35
365

400

114 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2021 
 
 
 
 
7. Employee benefit expense and numbers
Group

Employee benefit expense for the Group

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Other pension costs
Share-based payments

Note

30
11

2021 
£m

205.0
19.3
5.0
2.2

231.5

2020 
£m

175.9
16.7
4.5
0.9

198.0

The employee benefit expense included within cost of sales is £160.7m (2020: £137.7m). The balance is recorded within 
administrative expenses.

The average monthly number of people employed by the Group (including Executive and Non-Executive Directors) during 
the year, analysed by category, was as follows:

Veterinary surgeons and pathologists
Nurses, practice ancillaries and technicians
Crematoria staff
Central support

2021 
Number

1,962
4,976
84
219

7,241

2020 
Number

1,781
4,708
79
193

6,761

The Company has no employees, other than the Non-Executive Directors. The Executive Directors received remuneration 
in respect of their services to the Company from a subsidiary company.

8. Directors’ remuneration and key management compensation

Salaries and other short-term employee benefits
Company contributions to money purchase schemes

Highest paid Director

Directors’ emoluments

2021 
£m

0.8
—

0.8

2020 
£m

0.8  
—  

0.8  

2021 
£m

2.2
0.1

2.3

2020 
£m

1.6
0.1

1.7

Retirement benefits are accruing to three Directors (2020: three) under a personal pension plan. The remuneration of the 
Executive Directors, amounting to £2.0m (2020: £1.4m), is borne by the subsidiary company CVS (UK) Limited, without 
recharge. The remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors, amounting to £0.2m (2020: £0.2m), is borne by the subsidiary 
company CVS (UK) Limited and recharged to the Company.

Directors’ remuneration is disclosed on an individual basis in the Remuneration Committee report on pages 69 to 77. 

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

115

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8. Directors’ remuneration and key management compensation continued
Share options
Under the Company’s SAYE schemes the Directors have the following options at the consolidated and Company statement 
of financial position date:

R Fairman
B Jacklin
B Jacklin
R Alfonso
R Fairman
B Jacklin
R Alfonso

SAYE scheme

Date of grant

Earliest exercise date 
and vesting date

Exercise price

Number of 
shares

SAYE11
SAYE11
SAYE12
SAYE12
SAYE13
SAYE13
SAYE13

30 November 2018
30 November 2018
04 December 2019
04 December 2019
02 December 2020
02 December 2020
02 December 2020

01 January 2022
01 January 2022
01 January 2023
01 January 2023
01 January 2024
01 January 2024
01 January 2024

830p
830p
863p
863p
1,009p
1,009p
1,009p

737
737
709
709
606
570
606

Shares awarded to Executive Directors under the Long-Term Incentive Plans (“LTIPs”) as at the consolidated and Company 
statement of financial position date are as follows:

R Fairman
B Jacklin
R Fairman
B Jacklin
R Alfonso
R Fairman
B Jacklin
R Alfonso
R Alfonso

LTIP

LTIP12
LTIP12
LTIP13
LTIP13
LTIP13
LTIP14
LTIP14
LTIP14
LTIP14(b)

Date of grant

12 October 2018
12 October 2018
19 December 2019
19 December 2019
19 December 2019
02 October 2020
02 October 2020
02 October 2020
04 January 2021

Market price on 
date of grant

Earliest exercise date  
and vesting date

Number of 
shares

807p
807p
1,080p
1,080p
1,080p
1,219p
1,219p
1,219p
1,485p

30 June 2021
30 June 2021
30 June 2022
30 June 2022
30 June 2022
30 June 2023
30 June 2023
30 June 2023
30 June 2023

30,969
6,194
46,296
27,778
15,278
41,030
24,618
13,540
6,733

The exercise price for all shares awarded under LTIPs is 0.2p.

LTIP11 lapsed in the year, for further details of the above schemes see the Remuneration Committee report on pages 69 to 77.

Key management compensation
Key management is considered to be those on the Executive Committee (being the Executive Directors and other senior 
management) and the Non-Executive Directors. The employment costs of key management are as follows:

Salaries and other short-term employee benefits
Post-employment benefits
Share-based payments

2021
£m

4.0
0.2
1.0

5.2

2020
£m

2.9
0.1
0.4

3.4

116 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2021 
 
9. Income tax expense 
a) Analysis of income tax expense recognised in the income statement 

Current tax
Current tax on profits for the year
Adjustments in respect of previous years

Total current tax charge

Deferred tax
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
Adjustments in respect of previous years
Effect of tax rate change on opening deferred tax balance

Total deferred tax credit

Total income tax expense

Note

24

2021 
£m

12.9
1.3

14.2

(5.0)
0.3
4.3

(0.4)

13.8 

b) Reconciliation of effective income tax charge
The total income tax expense for the year differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the standard rate 
of UK corporation tax of 19.0% (2020: 19.0%) as follows:

Profit before tax

Effective tax charge at 19.0% (2020: 19.0%)
Effects of:
  Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
  Tax rate change on opening deferred tax balances
  Adjustments to deferred tax charge in respect of previous years
  Adjustments to current tax charge in respect of previous years
  Utilisation of brought forward losses previously unrecognised
  Effect of difference between closing deferred tax rate and current tax rate

Total income tax expense

2021
£m

33.1

6.3

2.4
4.3
0.3
1.3
(0.1)
(0.7)

13.8

2020 
£m

6.8
(1.8)

5.0

(3.9)
0.7
2.4

(0.8)

4.2

2020
£m

9.9

1.9

1.0
2.4
0.7
(1.8)
—
—

4.2

Factors affecting the current tax charge
UK corporation tax is calculated at 19.0% (2020: 19.0%) of the estimated assessable profit for the year. Taxation for other 
jurisdictions is calculated at the rates prevailing in the respective jurisdictions.

The effective tax rate on reported profits is 41.7% (2020: 42.3%). The Group’s effective tax rate for 2021 was influenced by the 
remeasurement of deferred tax balances in respect of UK jurisdictions from 19.0% to an average rate of 22.6% as a result of 
the substantively enacted increase in the UK corporation tax rate to 25.0% from 1 April 2023. It was further affected by an 
increase in expenses not deductible for tax purposes predominantly in respect of business acquisitions. 

Changes in tax rates
The UK corporation tax rate for the year was 19.0% (2020: 19.0%). In March 2021, the UK Government announced an increase 
in the UK corporation tax rate to 25.0% from 1 April 2023. The increase in UK corporation tax rate was substantively enacted 
on 24 May 2021. As a result, the relevant deferred taxation balances have been re-measured using the rates expected to 
apply when the deferred tax balances reverse. 

The impact of change in tax rate in the prior year arose due to the previous enacted reduction in the UK corporation tax rate 
from 19.0% to 17.0% from 1 April 2020 being repealed, and the 19.0% tax rate being substantively enacted on 17 March 2020.

The impact of the change in tax rate has been recognised in total income tax expense in the Income Statement, except to 
the extent that it relates to items previously recognised outside of the Income Statement in which case it has been 
recognised in Other Comprehensive Income and Equity accordingly. 

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

117

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10. Earnings per Ordinary share
a) Basic
Basic earnings per Ordinary share is calculated by dividing the profit after taxation by the weighted average number 
of shares in issue during the year.

Earnings attributable to Ordinary shareholders (£m)

Weighted average number of Ordinary shares in issue

Basic earnings per share (pence per share)

2021

19.3

2020

5.7

70,685,939

70,654,009

27.3

8.1

b) Diluted
Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of Ordinary shares outstanding to 
assume conversion of all dilutive potential Ordinary shares. The Company has potentially dilutive Ordinary shares, being 
the contingently issuable shares under the Group’s LTIP schemes and SAYE schemes. For share options, a calculation is 
undertaken to determine the number of shares that could have been acquired at fair value (determined as the average 
annual market share price of the Company’s shares) based on the monetary value of the subscription rights attached to 
outstanding share options. The number of shares calculated as above is compared with the number of shares that would 
have been issued assuming the exercise of the share options.

Earnings attributable to Ordinary shareholders (£m)

Weighted average number of Ordinary shares in issue
Adjustment for contingently issuable shares – LTIPs
Adjustment for contingently issuable shares – SAYE schemes

Weighted average number of Ordinary shares for diluted earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share (pence per share)

2021

19.3

2020

5.7

70,685,939 70,654,009
109,143
3,017

237,307
246,533

71,169,779

70,766,169

27.1

8.1

Non-GAAP measure: adjusted earnings per share
Adjusted earnings per Ordinary share is calculated as adjusted profit before income tax less applicable taxation divided by 
the weighted average number of Ordinary shares in issue in the period.

Earnings attributable to Ordinary shareholders
Add back taxation

Profit before income tax 
Adjustments for:

Amortisation of intangible assets
Costs relating to business combinations
Exceptional items

Adjusted profit before income tax
Tax charge amended for the above adjustments

Adjusted profit after income tax and earnings attributable to owners of the parent

Note

12
4
6

2021
£m

19.3
13.8

33.1

23.8
9.3
—

66.2
(13.1)

53.1

2020
£m

5.7
4.2

9.9

22.2
0.7
5.4

38.2
(8.5)

29.7

Weighted average number of Ordinary shares in issue
Weighted average number of Ordinary shares for diluted earnings per share

70,685,939 70,654,009
70,766,169

71,169,779

Adjusted earnings per share (pence per share)

Diluted adjusted earnings per share (pence per share)

Pence

75.1p

74.6p

Pence

42.0p

41.9p

118 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 202111. Share-based payments
Long-Term Incentive Plans (“LTIPs”)
The Group operates incentive schemes for certain senior executives, the CVS Group Long-Term Incentive Plans (“LTIPs”).

Under the LTIP schemes, awards are made at an effective nil cost, vesting over a three-year performance period conditional 
upon the Group’s adjusted earnings per share growth and Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”). The LTIP scheme arrangements 
are equity settled.

Details of the share options outstanding during the year under the LTIP schemes are as follows:

Outstanding at 1 July 2020
Granted during the year
Lapsed during the year
Forfeited during the year
Exercised during the year

Outstanding at 30 June 2021

Exercisable at 30 June 2021

July 2020 scheme 
(“LTIP14/14(b)”) 
Number of share 
awards

July 2019 scheme 
(“LTIP13/13(b)”) 
Number of share 
awards

July 2018 scheme 
(“LTIP12”) 
Number of share 
awards

July 2017 scheme 
(“LTIP11”) 
Number of share 
awards

—
144,038
—
(7,383)
—

146,137
—
—
(11,112)
—

136,655

135,025

—

—

107,090
—
—
(8,980)
—

98,110

98,110

38,241
—
(38,241)
—
—

—

—

Options are exercisable at 0.2p per share. The weighted average exercise price was 0.2p at the beginning and end of the period.

The options outstanding at the year end under LTIP14, LTIP14(b), LTIP13, LTIP13(b) and LTIP12 have a weighted average 
remaining contractual life of two years, two years, one year, one year and nil years, respectively.

The share-based payment charge for the year in respect of the options issued under the LTIP schemes amounted to £1.4m 
(2020: £0.6m) and has been debited to administrative expenses. Employer’s National Insurance contributions of £0.6m have 
been debited to administrative expenses (2020: £0.1m) in respect of the LTIP scheme transactions and are treated as cash- 
settled transactions.

Further details of the above schemes are included in the Remuneration Committee report on pages 69 to 77.

Save As You Earn (“SAYE”)
The Group operates an incentive scheme for all UK employees, the CVS Group SAYE plan, an HM Revenue & Customs-
approved scheme. The SAYE10 scheme was opened for subscription in December 2017 (with options granted in January 
2018), the SAYE11 scheme was opened for subscription in November 2018 (with options granted in January 2019), the SAYE12 
scheme was opened for subscription in December 2019 (with options granted in January 2020), and the SAYE13 scheme was 
opened for subscription in December 2020 (with options granted in January 2021). Under the SAYE schemes, awards have 
been made at a 10.0% discount to the closing mid-market price on date of invitation for SAYE10, SAYE11 and SAYE12, and a 
20.0% discount to the closing mid-market price on date of invitation for SAYE13. All of the SAYE schemes vest over a 
three-year period. There are no performance conditions attached to the SAYE scheme. Details of the share options 
outstanding during the year under the SAYE schemes are as follows:

Outstanding at 1 July 2020
Granted during the year
Forfeited during the year
Exercised during the year*

Outstanding at 30 June 2021

Exercisable at 30 June 2021

*  The weighted average share price at the date of exercise was £17.70.

SAYE13
Number of 
share awards

—
360,269
(14,306)
(9)

SAYE12 
Number of 
share awards

274,371
—
(30,561)
(249)

SAYE11 
Number of 
share awards

336,536
—
(35,976)
(1,742)

345,954

243,561

298,818

—

—

—

SAYE10 
Number of 
share awards

151,713
—
(23,400)
(115,299)

13,014

13,014

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

119

Financial Statements 
 
11. Share-based payments continued
Save As You Earn (“SAYE”) continued
Options are exercisable at 1,009p for the SAYE13 scheme, 863p for the SAYE12 scheme, 830p for the SAYE11 scheme, 
and 1,287p per share for the SAYE10 scheme.

The weighted average exercise price at the beginning of the period for the options outstanding was £9.33 and end of the 
period was £9.09.

The options outstanding at the year end under the SAYE13, SAYE 12, SAYE11 and SAYE10 schemes have a weighted average 
remaining contractual life of two years and five months, one year and five months, nil years and five months, and nil years, 
respectively.

The share-based payment charge for the year in respect of the options issued under the SAYE schemes amounted to £0.8m 
(2020: £0.3m) and has been charged to administrative expenses.

Options for all schemes were valued using either the Monte Carlo or Black Scholes option pricing models. The fair value per 
option granted and the assumptions used in the calculation are as follows:

LTIP14

LTIP14(b)

SAYE13

Grant date
Share price at grant date1
Fair value per option
Exercise price
Number of employees
Shares under option at date of grant
Vesting period/option life/expected life
Weighted average remaining contractual life
Expected volatility2
Expected dividends expressed as a dividend yield

02 October 2020
£12.19
£10.43
0.2p
32
137,305
3 years
2 years
39.0%
0.33%

04 January 2021
£14.85
£13.38
0.2p
1
6,733
3 years
2 years
41.0%
0.33%

02 December 2020
£14.15
£6.00
£10.09
1,140
360,269
3 years
2 years 5 months
43.3%
0.40%

1.  Share price calculated at average of closing share price for preceding 5 days in line with scheme rules.

2.  Expected volatility has been determined by reference to the historical share return volatility of CVS Group plc.

120 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2021 
12. Intangible assets

Group 

Cost
At 1 July 2019
Additions arising through business combinations
Fair value adjustments in respect of prior periods
Foreign currency translation
Disposals 1
Other adjustments
Other additions

At 30 June 2020
Additions arising through business combinations
Foreign currency translation
Other additions

At 30 June 2021

Accumulated amortisation
At 1 July 2019
Amortisation for the year
Foreign currency translation
Impairment 2
Other adjustments
Disposals 1

At 30 June 2020
Amortisation for the year
Foreign currency translation

At 30 June 2021

Net book amount
At 30 June 2021
At 30 June 2020
At 1 July 2019

Note

Goodwill 
£m

Trade 
names 
£m

Patient data 
records 
£m

Computer 
software 
£m

15

94.7
4.3
0.1
0.7
(0.2)
0.6
—

100.2
14.1
(0.4)
—

113.9

(0.6)
— 
— 
— 
0.6
— 

—
—
—

—

113.9
100.2
95.3

1.5
—
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

1.5
—
—
—

1.5

1.4
0.1
— 
— 
— 
— 

1.5
—
—

1.5

—
—
0.1

260.7
2.9
— 
— 
(0.4)
— 
— 

263.2
8.8
(0.8)
—

271.2

112.9
21.4
0.2
1.1
— 
(0.1)

135.5
22.8
(0.2)

158.1

113.1
127.7
147.8

4.2
—
— 
— 
— 
— 
1.3

5.5
—
—
0.5

6.0

2.9
0.7
— 
— 
— 
— 

3.6
1.0
—

4.6

1.4
1.9
1.3

Total 
£m

361.1
7.2
0.1
0.7
(0.6)
0.6
1.3

370.4
22.9
(1.2)
0.5

392.6

116.6
22.2
0.2
1.1
0.6
(0.1)

140.6
23.8
(0.2)

164.2

228.4
229.8
244.5

1. 

 The disposals relate to the sale of Ashburn Veterinary Centre in the year ended 30 June 2020.

2. 

 The impairment in the prior year relates to the write down of patient data records for announced site closures. The impairment charge was included 

within exceptional items in the year ended 30 June 2020.

Amortisation is charged to administrative expenses in the income statement.

The patient data records and trade names were acquired as a component of business combinations. See note 15 for further 
details of current year acquisitions.

Intangible assets that are individually material to the financial statements are disclosed as follows:

Intangible category

Patient data records
Patient data records

Description

Carrying amount

Remaining life

Slate Hall Veterinary Group
YourVets

£6.9m
£4.3m

7 years
4 years

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

121

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12. Intangible assets continued
The components of goodwill are disclosed according to the group of CGUs to which they have been allocated. Due to 
the integrated nature of the Group, although each veterinary practice, laboratory and crematorium is considered to be an 
individual CGU, the monitoring of goodwill is performed on an aggregated basis for groups of CGUs that are no larger than 
the operating segments, as determined in accordance with IFRS 8. 

The majority of other assets are tested at the CGU level, to the extent that an impairment review is triggered following 
identification of an indicator of impairment by management. A small number of assets (typically patient data records 
acquired in a business combination with multiple sites or locations) are shared between sub-groups of CGUs and are tested 
for impairment at that level.

Goodwill per operating segment 

Veterinary Practices
Laboratories
Crematoria

Total

2021 
£m

109.2
2.1
2.6

113.9

2020 
£m

95.5
2.1
2.6

100.2

Impairment tests
The pre-tax discount rate applied to the cash flow projections is derived from the Group’s pre-tax weighted average cost 
of capital. The risks relating to each of the CGUs are considered to be the same as a result of the Group’s operations being 
entirely focused in the veterinary market and, as such, the discount rate applied to each CGU is the same. The use of the 
Group’s weighted average cost of capital is consistent with the valuation methodology used when determining the offer 
price for business combinations and, therefore, is considered an appropriate discount rate. The Directors consider the 
growth rate to be broadly consistent between CGUs; a 3.0% growth per annum in adjusted EBITDA has been assumed for 
the purposes of assessing net present value of future cash flows, with adjusted EBITDA used as an approximation to cash 
flows given the insignificant impact of working capital adjustments. The budget for the next financial year is used as a 
basis for the cash flow projections. The growth rate used in the impairment tests is based upon a prudent assessment 
of market-specific growth assumptions. Further details of the impairment tests are disclosed in note 2.

Estimates are based on past experience and expectations of future changes to the market. Growth rate forecasts are 
extrapolated based on estimated long-term average growth rates for the markets in which the CGU operates (estimated 
at 3.0%). The pre-tax discount rate used to calculate value in use is 10.3% at 30 June 2021 (2020: 9.9%). 

Based on impairment testing at the individual CGU level, no impairment of patient data records (2020: £1.1m) and no 
impairment of property, plant and equipment (2020: £0.3m) have been recognised by the Group in the year ended 
30 June 2021. In the year ended 30 June 2020, this charge related entirely to the Veterinary Practices operating segment.

Having assessed the anticipated future cash flows, the Directors do not consider there to be any reasonably possible 
changes in assumptions that would lead to further impairment charges in the year ended 30 June 2021. The 3.0% growth 
rate is considered the worst case scenario given growth rates experienced in the veterinary market and, therefore, further 
sensitivity analysis is not required.

122 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2021 
13. Property, plant and equipment

Group

Cost
At 1 July 2019
Additions arising through business combinations
Additions
Revaluation 
Disposals

At 30 June 2020
Foreign exchange
Additions arising through business combinations
Additions
Disposals

At 30 June 2021

Accumulated depreciation
At 1 July 2019
Depreciation for the year
Impairment1
Disposals

At 30 June 2020
Foreign exchange
Depreciation for the year
Disposals

At 30 June 2021

Net book amount
At 30 June 2021
At 30 June 2020
At 1 July 2019

Freehold land 
and buildings 
£m

Leasehold 
improvements 
£m

Note

Fixtures, 
fittings and 
equipment 
£m

Motor 
vehicles 
£m

15

15.4
—
1.5
(0.1)
—

16.8
—
—
3.0
(0.5)

19.3

1.5
0.3
—
—

1.8
—
0.3
—

2.1

17.2
15.0
13.9

28.8
—
2.7
—
(0.1)

31.4
—
—
5.7
—

37.1

13.3
3.4
—
(0.1)

16.6
—
3.0
—

19.6

17.5
14.8
15.5

50.1
0.2
5.9
—
(0.3)

55.9
(0.2)
0.6
5.7
—

62.0

29.4
6.4
0.3
(0.3)

35.8
(0.1)
6.2
—

41.9

20.1
20.1
20.7

2.7
—
1.0
—
(0.1)

3.6
—
—
1.7
(0.3)

5.0

1.4
0.6
—
(0.1)

1.9
—
0.8
(0.3)

2.4

2.6
1.7
1.3

Total 
£m

97.0
0.2
11.1
(0.1)
(0.5)

107.7
(0.2)
0.6
16.1
(0.8)

123.4

45.6
10.7
0.3
(0.5)

56.1
(0.1)
10.3
(0.3)

66.0

57.4
51.6
51.4

1. 

Impairments in the year ended 30 June 2020 are shown in exceptional items.

Freehold land amounting to £1.7m (2020: £1.2m) has not been depreciated. 

Included within the above classes of assets is £4.6m (2020: £2.2m) of assets which are under construction.

14. Leases
Group as a lessee 
The majority of the Group’s veterinary practices, specialist referral centres and support offices are leased, with remaining 
lease terms of between 1 and 15 years. The Group also has a number of non-property leases relating to vehicle, equipment 
and material handling equipment, with remaining lease terms of between 1 and 4 years. Additions to right-of-use assets 
include new leases; extensions to existing lease agreements are disclosed as remeasurements.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

123

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14. Leases continued
Right-of-use assets

Group 

Cost
At 1 July 2019
Foreign currency translation
Acquired through business combinations
Remeasurement of lease term
Additions

At 1 July 2020
Foreign currency translation
Acquired through business combinations
Remeasurement of lease term
Additions
Disposals

At 30 June 2021

Accumulated depreciation
At 1 July 2019
Depreciation for the year
Impairment 

At 1 July 2020
Depreciation for the year
Impairment1
Disposals

At 30 June 2021

Net book amount
At 30 June 2021
At 30 June 2020
At 1 July 2019

Note

Property 
£m

Equipment
£m

Motor 
vehicles
£m

15

105.0
0.1
2.2
1.9
0.4

109.6
(0.6)
4.9
7.8
1.2
(2.1)

120.8

—
12.2
1.1

13.3
12.4
0.4
(0.4)

25.7

95.1
96.3
105.0

1.1
—
—
—
0.1

1.2
—
—
—
0.5
—

1.7

—
0.4
—

0.4
0.3
—
—

0.7

1.0
0.8
1.1

1.7
—
—
—
0.2

1.9
—
—
—
1.0
—

2.9

—
0.9
—

0.9
0.9
—
—

1.8

1.1
1.0
1.7

Total
£m

107.8
0.1
2.2
1.9
0.7

112.7
(0.6)
4.9
7.8
2.7
(2.1)

125.4

—
13.5
1.1

14.6
13.6
0.4
(0.4)

28.2

97.2
98.1
107.8

1. 

Impairments in the year ended 30 June 2020 are shown in exceptional items.

The impairment loss in the current and prior financial year, relates to veterinary practices which closed or were due to close. 
In line with IAS 36, the carrying value of these right-of-use assets was assessed for indicators of impairment and the planned 
closure was considered to be an indicator of impairment. The right-of-use asset was written down to its expected recoverable 
value and impairment costs of £0.4m (2020: £1.1m) were charged in the year. In the year ended 30 June 2020, these impairment 
costs were included within exceptional items.

Lease liabilities

Group

Current
Non-current

Total discounted lease liabilities

Maturity analysis – contractual undiscounted lease payments
Less than one year
Between one and five years
More than five years

Total undiscounted lease payments

124 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

2021 
£m

8.6
90.2

98.8

12.4
51.1
57.2

120.7

2020 
£m

8.8 
89.8

98.6

12.6
48.9
59.8

121.3

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15. Business combinations
Details of business combinations in the year ended 30 June 2021 are set out below, in addition to an analysis of post-acquisition 
performance of the respective business combinations, where practicable. The reason for each acquisition was to expand 
the CVS Group business through acquisitions in meeting our strategic goals.

Name of business combination 

Darboe & Baily Limited 
Astonlee Limited
White Lodge Veterinary Centre Limited
Charter Veterinary Hospital Group Limited
Market Hall Vets (trade and assets)
Animal Health Centre Limited
Polmont Veterinary Clinic Limited
Enterprise Veterinary Services Limited
Greensands Veterinary Clinic Limited

Date of acquisition

04 November 2020
17 November 2020
19 November 2020
03 December 2020
20 February 2021
23 February 2021
01 March 2021
02 March 2021
29 April 2021

All businesses were acquired via 100% share purchase agreement unless indicated otherwise in the table above.

Given the nature of the veterinary practices acquired and the records maintained by such practices, it is not practicable 
to disclose the revenue or profit or loss of the combined entity for the year as though the acquisition date for all business 
combinations during the year had been at the beginning of that year.

The table below summarises the total assets acquired through business combinations in the year ended 30 June 2021:

Property, plant and equipment
Patient data records
Right-of-use assets
Inventories
Deferred tax liability
Trade and other receivables
Provision for impairment of trade receivables
Trade and other payables
Loans
Right-of-use liabilities 

Total identifiable assets

Goodwill

Total initial consideration paid (net of cash acquired of £1.3m)

Initial consideration paid (net of cash acquired of £1.3m)
Deferred consideration payable
Contingent consideration payable

Total consideration (net of cash acquired of £1.3m)

Note

13
12
14

24

12

Book value of 
acquired 
assets 
£m

Fair value
adjustments 
£m

Fair value 
£m

0.6
—
4.9
0.4
(0.1)
1.4
(0.1)
(1.9)
(1.0)
(4.9)

(0.7)

—
8.8
—
—
(2.0)
(0.1)
—
—
—
—

6.7

14.1

0.6
8.8
4.9
0.4
(2.1)
1.3
(0.1)
(1.9)
(1.0)
(4.9)

6.0

14.1

20.1

19.4
0.5
0.2

20.1

Goodwill recognised represents the excess of purchase consideration over the fair value of the identifiable net assets. 
Goodwill reflects the synergies arising from the combination of the businesses; this includes cost synergies arising 
from shared support functions and buying power synergies. Goodwill includes the recognition of an amount equal 
to the deferred tax that arises on the acquired non-tax deductible patient data records.

Post-acquisition revenue and post-acquisition adjusted EBITDA were £6.1m and £1.3m respectively. The post-acquisition 
period is from the date of acquisition to 30 June 2021. Post-acquisition EBITDA represents the direct operating result of 
practices from the date of acquisition to 30 June 2021 prior to the allocation of central overheads, on the basis that it 
is not practicable to allocate these.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

125

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15. Business combinations continued
Goodwill and intangible assets recognised in the year relating to business combinations are not expected to be deductible 
for tax purposes.

The acquisition costs incurred in relation to the above and prior year business combinations amounted to £9.3m for the year 
and are included within other expenses in note 6 of the financial statements.

The Directors do not consider any individual in-year acquisition to be material to the Group and therefore have not 
separately disclosed these.

Business combinations in previous years
Details of business combinations in the comparative year are presented in the consolidated financial statements for the year 
ended 30 June 2020.

Business combinations subsequent to the year-end
Subsequent to the year end, the Group has made one acquisition on 19 August 2021. The Group purchased 100% of the 
share capital of Quality Pet Care Limited, a company registered in England and Wales, for consideration of £20.4m. This 
is a business comprising eight companion animal veterinary practice sites across the UK. 

The acquisition was purchased for total cash consideration of £20.4m. Assets acquired comprised principally goodwill 
and intangible patient data records with a provisional fair value of £20.4m. 

16. Investments
a) Available-for-sale financial assets
Available-for-sale financial assets, which are denominated in Sterling, consist of an investment in managed investment funds.

The Group holds an investment in managed investment funds which have a quoted market price in an active market and are 
accordingly measured at fair value. Gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value are recognised directly in equity 
until the security is disposed of or deemed to be impaired.

b) Shares in subsidiary undertakings
Company

Cost and net book amount
At 1 July 2019
Options granted to employees of subsidiary undertakings

At 30 June 2020
Options granted to employees of subsidiary undertakings

At 30 June 2021

Note

£m

11

11

68.5
0.9

69.4
2.2

71.6

The principal subsidiary undertakings of CVS Group plc are set out in note 1.

17. Derivative financial instruments
Derivatives are used for hedging in the management of exposure to market risks. This enables the optimisation of the overall 
cost of accessing debt capital markets, and the mitigation of the market risk which would otherwise arise from movements 
in interest rates.

The ineffective element of cash flow hedges in 2021 was immaterial (2020: immaterial).

Cash flow hedges
On 28 February 2020, the Group entered into an interest rate swap arrangement limiting the Group’s exposure to interest 
rate increases. At 30 June 2021, £70.0m of debt was hedged (2020: £70.0m); the remainder of the debt was unhedged 
at the year end.

The Group is exposed to Sterling LIBOR within a fair value hedge accounting relationship, which is subject to interest rate 
benchmark reform. The Group has applied the amendments set out in Interest Rate Benchmark Reform (Amendments to IFRS 9, 
IAS 39 and IFRS 7) and concluded that it is appropriate to continue to apply hedge accounting, as detailed more fully in note 2.

The Group has closely monitored the market and the output from the various industry working groups managing the transition 
to new benchmark interest rates. This includes announcements made by LIBOR regulators (including the Financial Conduct 
Authority (“FCA”)) regarding the transition away from Sterling LIBOR to the Sterling Overnight Index Average Rate (“SONIA”). 
The FCA has made clear that, at the end of 2021, it will no longer seek to persuade or compel banks to submit to LIBOR.

In response to the announcements, the Group has identified where LIBOR exposures are within the business and will 
prepare and deliver an action plan to enable the smooth transition to alternative benchmark rates.

126 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2021 
 
 
 
 
17. Derivative financial instruments continued
Cash flow hedges continued
For the Group’s derivative, the International Swaps and Derivatives Association’s (“ISDA”) fall-back clauses were made available 
at the end of 2019 and the Group has begun discussions with its banks with the aim of implementing this language into its 
ISDA agreements.

Below are details of the hedging instruments and hedged items in scope of the IFRS 9 amendments due to interest rate 
benchmark reform. The terms of the hedged items listed match those of the corresponding hedging instruments.

Hedge type

Instrument type

Cash flow hedge

Receive one-month Sterling 
LIBOR, pay Sterling fixed 
interest rate swaps

Maturing in

2024

Nominal

£70.0m

Hedged item

Sterling fixed rate issued 
debt of the same maturity 
and nominal of the swap

The Group will continue to apply the amendments to IFRS 9 until the uncertainty arising from the interest rate benchmark 
reforms that the Group is exposed to ends. The Group has assumed that this uncertainty will not end until the Group’s 
contracts that reference LIBOR are amended to specify the date on which the interest rate benchmark will be replaced, 
the alternative benchmark rate and the relevant spread adjustment. This will, in part, be dependant on the introduction 
of fall-back clauses which have yet to be added to the Group’s contracts and the negotiation with lenders.

The Group classifies its interest rate swap arrangement as a cash flow hedge and utilises hedge accounting to minimise 
income statement volatility in relation to movements in the value of the swap arrangement.

The fair values of the Group’s interest rate derivatives are established using valuation techniques, primarily discounted cash 
flows, based on assumptions that are supported by observable market prices or rates.

The fair values of derivative financial instruments have been disclosed in the Group consolidated and Company statement 
of financial position as follows:

Group and Company

Non-current
Interest rate swap arrangements – cash flow hedges

Movements in fair values

Group and Company

Fair value at 1 July 2019
Fair value loss through reserves – brought forward
Fair value loss through reserves – hedged

At 30 June 2020
Fair value loss through reserves – hedged

At 30 June 2021

2021

2020

Assets 
£m

Liabilities 
£m

Assets 
£m

Liabilities 
£m

—

(0.4)  

—

(0.9)

Interest
rate swap
arrangements 
£m

0.1
(0.1)
(0.9)

(0.9)
0.5

(0.4)

The cash flow hedge reserve represents the cumulative amount of gains and losses on hedging instruments deemed effective 
in cash flow hedges. The cumulative deferred gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognised in the income statement 
only when the hedged transaction impacts the profit or loss, or is included directly in the initial cost or other carrying amount 
of the hedged non-financial items.

The cost of hedging reserve includes the effects of the changes in fair value of the time value of option when only the 
intrinsic value of the option is designated as the hedging instrument.

The changes in fair value of the time value of an option in relation to a transaction-related hedged item accumulated in the 
cost of hedging reserve, are reclassified to the income statement only when the hedged transaction affects profit or loss, or 
included as a basis adjustment to the non-financial hedged item. The changes in fair value of the time value of an option in 
relation to a time-period related hedged item accumulated in the cash flow hedging reserve, are amortised to the income 
statement on a rational basis over the term of the hedging relationship.

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

127

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
18. Financial instruments
Assets

Group

Available-for-sale financial assets
Trade and other receivables (excluding 
prepayments)
Cash and cash equivalents

Note

20

Loans and 
receivables 
£m

2021

Available 
for sale 
£m

Loans and 
receivables 
£m

2020

Available 
for sale 
£m

—

39.5
33.7

73.2

0.1

—
—

0.1

2021

Available 
for sale 
£m

—

Total 
£m

0.1

39.5
33.7

73.3

—

35.4
21.5

56.9

0.1

—
—

0.1

2020

Available 
for sale 
£m

—

Total 
£m

0.1

35.4
21.5

57.0

Total 
£m

81.6

Company

Amounts owed by Group undertakings

Loans and 
receivables 
£m

82.3

Note

32

Total 
£m

82.3  

Loans and 
receivables 
£m

81.6

Amounts owed by Group undertakings of £82.3m (2020: £81.6m) are included in non-current assets. These are unsecured, 
interest-free and have no fixed date of repayment.

Liabilities

Group

Borrowings
Trade and other payables (excluding 
social security and other taxes)
Right-of-use liabilities
Derivative financial instruments

Note

23

21
14
17

 2021

2020

Derivative 
instruments 
in designated 
hedge 
accounting 
relationships 
£m

Other 
financial 
liabilities 
£m

Total 
£m

—

(83.9)

(83.9)  

—
—
(0.4)

(0.4)

(69.1)
(98.8)
—

(69.1)  
(98.8)  
(0.4)  

(251.8)

(252.2)  

Derivative 
instruments 
in designated 
hedge 
accounting 
relationships 
£m

—

—
—
(0.9)

(0.9)

Other 
financial 
liabilities 
£m

(83.6)

(59.4)
(98.6)
—

Total 
£m

(83.6)

(59.4)
(98.6)
(0.9)

(241.6)

(242.5)

19. Inventories
All inventories are goods held for resale. The Directors do not consider the difference between the purchase price of 
inventories and their replacement cost to be material.

128 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
20. Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables:

Within their due period
  Past due: 
  Not impaired
  Fully impaired

Total trade receivables
Less: provision for impairment of receivables

Trade receivables – net
Other receivables
Prepayments
Accrued income

Total trade and other receivables

Group 
2021 
£m

19.2

7.8
6.4

33.4
(6.4)

27.0
4.4
8.6
8.1

48.1

Group 
2020
£m

Company 
2021 
£m

Company 
2020 
£m

17.4

5.6
6.9

29.9
(6.9)

23.0 
6.4
8.0
6.0

43.4

—

—
—

—
—

—
—
—
—

—

—

—
—

—
—

—
—
—
—

—

Group
The carrying amount of trade and other receivables is deemed to be a reasonable approximation to fair value. The maximum 
exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the fair value of each class of receivable above with the exception of prepayments 
which hold no credit risk. The Group does not hold any collateral as security. The Group’s trade and other receivables are 
denominated in Sterling.

A provision for impairment is established based on credit risk. The amount of the provision was £6.4m (2020: £6.9m). 
Movements on the Group’s provision for impairment of trade receivables are as follows:

At the beginning of the year
Charged to the income statement within administrative expenses
Utilisation of the provision during the year

At the end of the year

Other receivables do not contain impaired assets.

2021
£m

6.9
0.7
(1.2)

6.4

2020
£m

5.0
2.5
(0.6)

6.9

At 30 June 2021, there is a contract asset recorded in accrued income of £8.1m (2020: £6.0m), relating to customer 
loyalty schemes including the Healthy Pet Club (“HPC”) contract. The contract asset arises from customers having received 
consultations and treatments which are weighted towards the beginning of the twelve month scheme, in advance of cash 
payments, as detailed more fully in note 2.

Company
Amounts owed by Group undertakings of £82.3m (2020: £81.6m) are included in non-current assets. These are unsecured 
and interest-free and have no fixed date of repayment. 

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

129

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21. Trade and other payables 

Current
Trade payables
Social security and other taxes
Other payables
Deferred income1
Accruals

Total trade and other payables

1.  Deferred income relates to the contract liability relating to the Healthy Pet Club (“HPC”) contract.

22. Provisions

At the beginning of the year
Charged to the income statement within administration expenses
Charged to the income statement within exceptional items
Utilised in the period

At the end of the year

Group

2021 
£m

40.3
16.9
12.7
2.8
13.3

86.0

Group

2021 
£m

5.0
0.9
—
(2.0)

3.9

2020 
£m

39.4  
28.3  
5.1  
3.3  
11.6  

87.7  

2020 
£m

—   
3.4
1.6  
—

5.0  

Company

2021 
£m

2020 
£m

—
—
—
—
—

—

Company

2021 
£m

—
—
—
—

—

—
—
—
—
—

—

2020 
£m

— 
—
—
—

—

Provisions charged to the income statement relate to announced site closures during the year of £0.6m (2020: £1.6m) and costs 
set aside for properties of £0.3m (2020: £3.4m) and therefore satisfy the recognition criteria under IAS 37. The announced site 
closures include amounts charged to the income statement of £0.6m (2020: £1.6m) comprise £0.6m for dilapidation costs 
(2020: £1.5m) and £nil for redundancies (2020: £0.1m).

23. Borrowings
Borrowings comprise bank loans and are denominated in Sterling. The repayment profile is as follows:

Group

Within one year or on demand
Between one and two years
After more than two years

2021 
£m

—
—
83.9

83.9

2020 
£m

0.1
—
83.5

83.6

The balances above are shown net of issue costs of £1.1m (2020: £1.5m), which are being amortised over the term of the 
bank loan. The carrying amount of borrowings is deemed to be a reasonable approximation to fair value.

The Group has total facilities of £170.0m. These facilities are provided by a syndicate of four banks: NatWest, HSBC, BOI 
and AIB, and comprise the following elements:

 > a fixed term loan of £85.0m, repayable on 31 January 2024 via a single bullet repayment; and

 > a four-year Revolving Credit Facility (“RCF”) of £85.0m that runs to 31 January 2024.

In addition, the Group has a £5.0m overdraft facility renewable annually.

The two financial covenants associated with these facilities have remained unchanged, and are based on the ratios of Group 
borrowings to EBITDA and Group EBITDA to interest. The Group borrowings to EBITDA ratio must not exceed 3.25x. The Group 
EBITDA to interest ratio must not be less than 4.5x. The facilities require cross-guarantees from the most significant of CVS 
Group’s trading subsidiaries but are not secured on the assets of the Group. EBITDA is based on the last twelve months’ 
adjusted EBITDA performance adjusted for a twelve-month adjustment for businesses acquired, transaction costs and 
deferred consideration on business combinations and share option expenses, prior to the impact of IFRS 16.

130 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23. Borrowings continued
Bank covenants are tested quarterly and the Group has considerable headroom in both financial covenants and in its 
undrawn but committed facilities as at 30 June 2021.

Interest rate risk is also managed centrally and derivative instruments are used to mitigate this risk. On 28 February 2020, 
the Group entered into a four-year interest rate fixed swap arrangement to hedge fluctuations in interest rates on £70.0m 
of its term loan. 

At the consolidated and Company statement of financial position date £70.0m of the term loan was hedged using an 
interest rate swap. The remainder of the debt is not hedged.

Undrawn committed borrowing facilities
At 30 June 2021, the Group has a committed overdraft facility of £5.0m (2020: £5.0m) and an RCF of £85.0m (2020: £85.0m). 
Both the overdraft facility and the RCF were undrawn at 30 June 2021 and 30 June 2020.

24. Deferred income tax
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset where the Group has a legally enforceable right to do so. Deferred 
income tax balances are calculated using tax rates expected to apply in the period when the liability or asset is expected 
to be realised based on rates enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date. 

Deferred income tax assets comprised:

Group

Tax effect of temporary differences:
  Share-based payments
  Accelerated tax depreciation
  Derivative financial instruments
  Tax losses
  Other

2021 
£m

2020 
£m

2.6
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1

3.1

0.2
0.6
0.2
—
0.1

1.1

The Group’s deferred tax assets have been recognised based on historical performance and future budgets. The Directors 
believe that it is probable that there will be sufficient taxable profits against which the assets will reverse.

Deferred income tax liabilities comprise the excess of carrying value over the tax base.

Group

Tax effect of temporary differences:
  Excess of qualifying amortisation and intangible fixed assets acquired via a business combination

2021 
£m

23.5

23.5

2020 
£m

21.5

21.5

The movement in the net deferred income tax assets and liabilities is explained as follows:

Group

Share-based payments
Derivative financial instruments
Other temporary differences
Property, plant and equipment
Tax losses
Intangible assets and fixed assets acquired  
via a business combination

Credited/
(charged) 
to income 
statement
£m

Charged to
other
comprehensive
income
£m

Credited to 
statement of 
changes in 
equity 
£m

Acquisition of
subsidiary and
deferred tax
recognised in
goodwill 
£m

0.6
—
—
(0.3)
0.1

—

0.4

—
(0.1)
—
—
—

—

(0.1)

1.8
—
—
—
—

—

1.8

—
—
—
(0.1)
—

(2.0)

(2.1)

At 30 June 
2021 
£m

2.6
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.1

(23.5)

(20.4)

At 1 July 
2020
£m

0.2
0.2
0.1
0.6
—

(21.5)

(20.4)

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

131

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24. Deferred income tax continued

Group

Share-based payments
Derivative financial instruments
Other temporary differences
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets and fixed assets acquired  
via a business combination

The deferred tax balance is non-current.

At 1 July 
2019
£m

0.2
—
—
0.6

(21.8)

(21.0)

(Charged)/
credited 
to income 
statement
£m

Credited to
other
comprehensive
income
£m

Credited to 
statement of 
changes in 
equity 
£m

Acquisition of
subsidiary and
deferred tax
recognised in
goodwill 
£m

(0.1)
—
0.1
—

0.8

0.8

—
0.2
—
—

—

0.2

0.1
—
—
—

—

0.1

At 30 June 
2020 
£m

0.2
0.2
0.1
0.6

—
—
—
—

(0.5)

(0.5)

(21.5)

(20.4)

Deferred tax assets have been offset against deferred tax liabilities as the balances relate to the same taxation authority, the 
Group has a legally enforceable right to offset and intends to settle the liability and realise the asset simultaneously. In the year 
ended 30 June 2020, the deferred tax assets of £1.1m were not offset against deferred tax liabilities. If these had been offset, 
the net deferred tax balance at 30 June 2020 would have been a deferred tax liability of £20.4m. 

The Group has carried forward unutilised tax losses of £4.9m (2020: £1.1m) that are available indefinitely for offsetting against 
future taxable profits of Group companies within the tax jurisdiction in which the losses arose. A deferred tax asset has been 
recognised of £0.1m (2020: £nil) in respect of some of these losses as it is probable that sufficient future taxable profits will 
arise against which the asset will reverse. The Group has not recognised a deferred tax asset on remaining losses of £3.9m 
(2020: £1.1m) as it is not probable that sufficient future taxable profits will arise against which the losses can be utilised. 

No deferred tax is recognised on the unremitted earnings of overseas subsidiaries. The earnings are continually reinvested 
by the Group and there is no intention for these entities to pay dividends, no tax is expected to be payable on them in the 
foreseeable future.

25. Share capital

Company

Issued and fully paid
70,753,782 (2020: 70,654,959) Ordinary shares of 0.2p each

2021 
£m

0.1

2020 
£m

0.1

During the year, shares were issued for a total consideration of £1.2m (2020: £0.1m) as follows: 318 shares (2020: 19,019 shares) 
in respect of SAYE9; 97,296 shares (2020: nil shares) in respect of SAYE10; 1,053 shares (2020: nil shares) in respect of SAYE11; 
147 shares (2020: nil shares) in respect of SAYE12; and 9 shares (2020: nil shares) in respect of SAYE13.

Details of shares under option are provided in note 11 to the financial statements.

The authorised share capital of the Company is 352,000,000 Ordinary shares of 0.2p each.

Dividends
The Directors have proposed a final dividend of 6.5p (2020: £nil) per share, giving a total of £4.6m (2020: £nil). During the year 
no divided was paid (2020: £3.9m).

EBT own shares
The Group operates an EBT which holds 710 shares (2020: 24,279 shares). 195,000 shares were bought at open market value 
for £2.1m in the year ended 30 June 2017.

In the year ended 30 June 2017, the Group established an Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”) for the purposes of satisfying 
the exercise of certain share options vesting under the Group’s LTIP and SAYE schemes. The Group has accounted for the 
purchase of the shares held by the EBT as Treasury shares and has deducted these from reserves.

During the year, the Group did not sell shares (2020: 56,350 shares) to satisfy shares vesting under LTIP schemes. The Group 
sold 23,569 shares (2020: 114,371 shares) to satisfy shares vesting under SAYE schemes for proceeds of £0.3m (2020: £0.9m).

132 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2021 
 
 
26. Share premium
The share premium reserve comprises the premium received over the nominal value of shares issued.

27. Analysis of movement in liabilities from financing activities

Group

Right-of-use lease liabilities
Borrowings
Bank loans

Total liabilities from financing activities 

Group

Right-of-use lease liabilities
Borrowings
Bank loans

Total liabilities from financing activities 

At 1 July 
2020 
£m

(98.6)
(0.1)
(83.5)

(182.2)

At 1 July 
2019 
£m

—
(0.3)
(114.2)

(114.5)

Cash flow 
£m

New leases
£m

Liabilities on
disposed leases
£m

Non-cash 
movement 
£m

At 30 June 
2021 
£m

17.1
0.1
1.0

18.2

(15.4) 
—
—

(15.4)

2.1
—
—

2.1

(4.0)
—
(1.4)

(5.4)

(98.8)
—
(83.9)

(182.7)

Liabilities on 
adoption and 
new leases
£m

Cash flow 
£m

Liabilities on
disposed leases
£m

Non-cash 
movement 
£m

At 30 June 
2020 
£m

18.3
0.2
31.7

50.2

(112.8)
—
—

(112.8)

—
—
—

—

(4.1)
—
(1.0)

(5.1)

(98.6)
(0.1)
(83.5)

(182.2)

Non-cash movements on right-of-use assets mainly comprise interest on right-of-use lease liabilities. Non-cash movements 
on borrowings and Bank loans mainly include amortisation of issue costs on bank loans, bank debt acquired and transfers 
between categories of borrowings. 

28. Cash flow generated from operations

Profit/(loss) for the year
Taxation
Total finance costs
Amortisation of intangible assets
Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment and 
right-of-use assets1
Increase in inventories
(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables
(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables
(Decrease)/increase in provisions
Share option expense
Exceptional items1

Total net cash flow generated from/(used in) operations

1. 

Impairments in the year ended 30 June 2020 are shown in exceptional items.

Group

Company

2021 
£m

19.3
13.8
7.0
23.8

24.3
(0.4)
(3.4)
(5.2)
(1.1)
2.2
—

80.3

2020
£m

5.7  
4.2  
8.6  
22.2  

24.2  
(1.4)  
8.5  
11.5  
5.0  
0.9  
5.4  

94.8  

2021 
£m

(0.5)
—
—
—

—
—
(0.7)
—
—
—
—

(1.2)

2020
£m

(0.4)
—
—
—

—
—
4.3
—
—
—
—

3.9

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

133

Financial Statements 
 
29. Guarantees and other financial commitments
Capital commitments
The Group had no capital commitments as at 30 June 2021 (2020: £nil).

Bank guarantees
The Company is a member of the Group’s banking arrangement, under which it is party to unlimited cross-guarantees 
in respect of the banking facilities of other Group undertakings, amounting to £175.0m at 30 June 2021 (2020: £175.0m). 
The Directors do not expect any material loss to the Company to arise in respect of the guarantees.

Contingent liabilities
A letter of support has been provided to certain subsidiaries indicating the intention of the Company to support them, 
if required, for a period of a minimum of twelve months from the date of signing their financial statements.

30. Pension schemes
The Group contributes to certain employees’ personal pension schemes in accordance with their service contracts. The 
amounts are charged to the income statement as they fall due. The amounts charged during the year amounted to £5.0m 
(2020: £4.5m). The amount outstanding at the year-end included in trade and other payables was £0.9m (2020: £0.8m).

31. Events after the reporting period
On 19 August 2021, the Group completed the purchase of 100% of the share capital of Quality Pet Care Limited, a company 
registered in England and Wales, for consideration of £20.4m. This is a business comprising eight companion animal veterinary 
practice sites across the UK, aligned with the Group’s strategic goals. Further information can be found in note 15. 

32. Related party transactions
Directors’ and Key Management’s compensation is disclosed in note 8.

Company
During the year the Company had the following transactions with CVS (UK) Limited:

Recharge of expenses incurred by CVS (UK) Limited on behalf of the Company
Cash advanced to fund payment of dividend

The following balances were owed by related companies:

2021
£m

(0.5)
—

2020
£m

(0.4)
(3.9)

CVS (UK) Limited

2021

2020

Receivable
£m

82.3

Payable
£m

 —  

Receivable
£m

81.6

Payable
£m

—

Amounts owed by CVS (UK) Limited are unsecured and interest free and have no fixed date of repayment.

Transactions with Directors and key management
During the year, no dividends were paid to the Directors of the Group (2020: The following dividends were paid to the 
Directors: R Connell – £3,954, D Kemp – £361, M McCollum – £2,127, R Fairman – £80 and B Jacklin – £40. Dividends were 
also paid to the spouse of R Fairman of £550).

Ultimate controlling party
The Directors consider there is no ultimate controlling party.

134 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continuedfor the year ended 30 June 2021 
 
 
Five-year history – unaudited
for the year ended 30 June 2021

Revenue

Gross profit

Operating profit
Finance expense

Profit before income tax
Income tax expense

Profit for the year

EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted profit before income tax

Cash generated from operations
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and 
intangible assets
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 
and intangible assets 
Repayment of obligations under right-of-use assets
Business combinations (net of cash acquired)
Loans and borrowings acquired through 
business combinations
Taxation paid
Interest paid
Amortisation of debt issue costs
Proceeds from Ordinary shares
Proceeds from Treasury shares
Purchase of own shares
Exceptional items
Dividends paid

Reduction/(increase) in net debt

Year-end net debt

Basic earnings per share
Adjusted basic earnings per share

2021
£m

510.1

221.9

40.1
(7.0)

33.1
(13.8)

19.3

97.5
66.2

80.3

2020
£m

427.8

170.1

18.5
(8.6)

9.9
(4.2)

5.7

71.0
38.2

94.8

2019
£m

406.5

168.9

15.6
(3.9)

11.7
(3.5)

8.2

54.5
41.4

52.1

2018
£m

327.3

151.6

17.7
(3.6)

14.1
(3.4)

10.7

47.6
36.0

46.7

2017
£m

271.8

124.5

17.2
(2.7)

14.5
(3.0)

11.5

42.1
33.5

37.2

(16.6)

(12.4)

(12.9)

(10.7)

(13.8)

0.6
(13.0)
(19.4)

(1.0)
(13.0)
(7.1)
(0.4) 
1.2
0.3
—
—
— 

11.9

50.2

Pence

27.3
75.1

—
(14.2)
(7.2)

—
(9.5)
(7.0)
(1.0)
0.1
0.9
—
(0.7)
(3.9)

39.9

62.1

Pence

8.1
42.0

—
—
(56.6)

(1.5)
(7.3)
(3.4)
(0.5)
0.6
—
—
—
(3.5)

(33.0)

102.0

Pence

11.6
46.7

—
—
(50.3)

(3.1)
(6.2)
(3.1)
(0.4)
61.0
—
—
—
(2.9)

31.0

69.0

Pence

16.0
42.4

—
—
(46.9)

(1.5)
(5.4)
(2.1)
(0.8)
30.6
—
(2.1)
—
(2.1)

(6.9)

100.0

Pence

18.5
42.8

CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

135

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contact details and advisors

Registered office
CVS House  
Owen Road  
Diss  
Norfolk 
IP22 4ER

Nominated advisor and broker 
Singer Capital Markets
One Bartholomew Lane  
London 
EC2N 2AX

Financial Public Relations
MHP Communications
4th Floor 
60 Great Portland Street 
London 
W1W 7RT

Company Secretary
J Farrer

Bankers
NatWest Bank Plc 
Gentleman’s Walk  
Norwich 
NR2 1NA

HSBC Bank Plc 
8 Canada Square  
London 
E14 5HQ

Bank of Ireland Group plc
40 Mespil Road 
Dublin 4 
Republic of Ireland

Allied Irish Banks plc
10 Molesworth Street 
Dublin 2 
Republic of Ireland

Rabobank
Willemskade 1 
8011 AC Zwolle  
Netherlands

Ulster Bank Limited 
33 Eyre Square  
Galway 
H91 HY96 
Republic of Ireland

Independent auditor
Deloitte LLP
1 Station Square  
Cambridge 
CB1 2GA

Legal advisors
Blake Morgan LLP
New Kings Court, Tollgate  
Eastleigh 
Hampshire  
SO53 3LG

Leathes Prior 
74 The Close  
Norwich 
NR1 4DR

DLA Piper UK LLP 
Victoria Square House  
Victoria Square  
Birmingham 
B2 4DL

Eversheds Sutherland
115 Colmore Row 
Birmingham 
B3 3AL

136 CVS Group plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021

CBP008683

CVS’s commitment to environmental issues is reflected in this Annual Report, 
which has been printed on GalerieArt Satin, an FSC® certified material.

This document was printed by Park Communications using its environmental 
print technology, which minimises the impact of printing on the environment, 
with 99% of dry waste diverted from landfill. Both the printer and the paper 
mill are registered to ISO 14001.

Group plc

Passionate about animal care

CVS Group plc
Owen Rd, Diss
Norfolk 
IP22 4ER

01379 644288

Company No. 06312831